forked from mirrors/gecko-dev
		
	
		
			
				
	
	
		
			7440 lines
		
	
	
	
		
			223 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			C++
		
	
	
	
	
	
			
		
		
	
	
			7440 lines
		
	
	
	
		
			223 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			C++
		
	
	
	
	
	
| /* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 8; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
 | |
| /* vim: set ts=8 sts=2 et sw=2 tw=80: */
 | |
| /* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
 | |
|  * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
 | |
|  * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #include "mozilla/dom/HTMLInputElement.h"
 | |
| 
 | |
| #include "mozilla/ArrayUtils.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/AsyncEventDispatcher.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/DebugOnly.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/dom/Date.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/dom/Directory.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/dom/FileSystemUtils.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/dom/OSFileSystem.h"
 | |
| #include "nsAttrValueInlines.h"
 | |
| #include "nsCRTGlue.h"
 | |
| 
 | |
| #include "nsIDOMHTMLInputElement.h"
 | |
| #include "nsITextControlElement.h"
 | |
| #include "nsIDOMNSEditableElement.h"
 | |
| #include "nsIRadioVisitor.h"
 | |
| #include "nsIPhonetic.h"
 | |
| 
 | |
| #include "mozilla/Telemetry.h"
 | |
| #include "nsIControllers.h"
 | |
| #include "nsIStringBundle.h"
 | |
| #include "nsFocusManager.h"
 | |
| #include "nsColorControlFrame.h"
 | |
| #include "nsNumberControlFrame.h"
 | |
| #include "nsPIDOMWindow.h"
 | |
| #include "nsRepeatService.h"
 | |
| #include "nsContentCID.h"
 | |
| #include "nsIComponentManager.h"
 | |
| #include "nsIDOMHTMLFormElement.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/dom/ProgressEvent.h"
 | |
| #include "nsGkAtoms.h"
 | |
| #include "nsStyleConsts.h"
 | |
| #include "nsPresContext.h"
 | |
| #include "nsMappedAttributes.h"
 | |
| #include "nsIFormControl.h"
 | |
| #include "nsIForm.h"
 | |
| #include "nsFormSubmission.h"
 | |
| #include "nsFormSubmissionConstants.h"
 | |
| #include "nsIDocument.h"
 | |
| #include "nsIPresShell.h"
 | |
| #include "nsIFormControlFrame.h"
 | |
| #include "nsITextControlFrame.h"
 | |
| #include "nsIFrame.h"
 | |
| #include "nsRangeFrame.h"
 | |
| #include "nsIServiceManager.h"
 | |
| #include "nsError.h"
 | |
| #include "nsIEditor.h"
 | |
| #include "nsIIOService.h"
 | |
| #include "nsDocument.h"
 | |
| #include "nsAttrValueOrString.h"
 | |
| 
 | |
| #include "nsPresState.h"
 | |
| #include "nsIDOMEvent.h"
 | |
| #include "nsIDOMNodeList.h"
 | |
| #include "nsIDOMHTMLCollection.h"
 | |
| #include "nsLinebreakConverter.h" //to strip out carriage returns
 | |
| #include "nsReadableUtils.h"
 | |
| #include "nsUnicharUtils.h"
 | |
| #include "nsLayoutUtils.h"
 | |
| 
 | |
| #include "nsIDOMMutationEvent.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/ContentEvents.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/EventDispatcher.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/EventStates.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/InternalMutationEvent.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/TextEvents.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/TouchEvents.h"
 | |
| 
 | |
| #include "nsRuleData.h"
 | |
| #include <algorithm>
 | |
| 
 | |
| // input type=radio
 | |
| #include "nsIRadioGroupContainer.h"
 | |
| 
 | |
| // input type=file
 | |
| #include "mozilla/dom/File.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/dom/FileList.h"
 | |
| #include "nsIFile.h"
 | |
| #include "nsNetCID.h"
 | |
| #include "nsNetUtil.h"
 | |
| #include "nsDirectoryServiceDefs.h"
 | |
| #include "nsIContentPrefService.h"
 | |
| #include "nsIMIMEService.h"
 | |
| #include "nsIObserverService.h"
 | |
| #include "nsIPopupWindowManager.h"
 | |
| #include "nsGlobalWindow.h"
 | |
| 
 | |
| // input type=image
 | |
| #include "nsImageLoadingContent.h"
 | |
| #include "imgRequestProxy.h"
 | |
| 
 | |
| #include "mozAutoDocUpdate.h"
 | |
| #include "nsContentCreatorFunctions.h"
 | |
| #include "nsContentUtils.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/dom/DirectionalityUtils.h"
 | |
| #include "nsRadioVisitor.h"
 | |
| #include "nsTextEditorState.h"
 | |
| 
 | |
| #include "mozilla/LookAndFeel.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/Preferences.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/MathAlgorithms.h"
 | |
| 
 | |
| #include "nsIIDNService.h"
 | |
| 
 | |
| #include <limits>
 | |
| 
 | |
| #include "nsIColorPicker.h"
 | |
| #include "nsIStringEnumerator.h"
 | |
| #include "HTMLSplitOnSpacesTokenizer.h"
 | |
| #include "nsIController.h"
 | |
| #include "nsIMIMEInfo.h"
 | |
| #include "nsFrameSelection.h"
 | |
| 
 | |
| // input type=date
 | |
| #include "js/Date.h"
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMPL_NS_NEW_HTML_ELEMENT_CHECK_PARSER(Input)
 | |
| 
 | |
| // XXX align=left, hspace, vspace, border? other nav4 attrs
 | |
| 
 | |
| static NS_DEFINE_CID(kXULControllersCID,  NS_XULCONTROLLERS_CID);
 | |
| 
 | |
| // This must come outside of any namespace, or else it won't overload with the
 | |
| // double based version in nsMathUtils.h
 | |
| inline mozilla::Decimal
 | |
| NS_floorModulo(mozilla::Decimal x, mozilla::Decimal y)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   return (x - y * (x / y).floor());
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| namespace mozilla {
 | |
| namespace dom {
 | |
| 
 | |
| // First bits are needed for the control type.
 | |
| #define NS_OUTER_ACTIVATE_EVENT   (1 << 9)
 | |
| #define NS_ORIGINAL_CHECKED_VALUE (1 << 10)
 | |
| #define NS_NO_CONTENT_DISPATCH    (1 << 11)
 | |
| #define NS_ORIGINAL_INDETERMINATE_VALUE (1 << 12)
 | |
| #define NS_CONTROL_TYPE(bits)  ((bits) & ~( \
 | |
|   NS_OUTER_ACTIVATE_EVENT | NS_ORIGINAL_CHECKED_VALUE | NS_NO_CONTENT_DISPATCH | \
 | |
|   NS_ORIGINAL_INDETERMINATE_VALUE))
 | |
| 
 | |
| // whether textfields should be selected once focused:
 | |
| //  -1: no, 1: yes, 0: uninitialized
 | |
| static int32_t gSelectTextFieldOnFocus;
 | |
| UploadLastDir* HTMLInputElement::gUploadLastDir;
 | |
| 
 | |
| static const nsAttrValue::EnumTable kInputTypeTable[] = {
 | |
|   { "button", NS_FORM_INPUT_BUTTON },
 | |
|   { "checkbox", NS_FORM_INPUT_CHECKBOX },
 | |
|   { "color", NS_FORM_INPUT_COLOR },
 | |
|   { "date", NS_FORM_INPUT_DATE },
 | |
|   { "email", NS_FORM_INPUT_EMAIL },
 | |
|   { "file", NS_FORM_INPUT_FILE },
 | |
|   { "hidden", NS_FORM_INPUT_HIDDEN },
 | |
|   { "reset", NS_FORM_INPUT_RESET },
 | |
|   { "image", NS_FORM_INPUT_IMAGE },
 | |
|   { "number", NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER },
 | |
|   { "password", NS_FORM_INPUT_PASSWORD },
 | |
|   { "radio", NS_FORM_INPUT_RADIO },
 | |
|   { "range", NS_FORM_INPUT_RANGE },
 | |
|   { "search", NS_FORM_INPUT_SEARCH },
 | |
|   { "submit", NS_FORM_INPUT_SUBMIT },
 | |
|   { "tel", NS_FORM_INPUT_TEL },
 | |
|   { "text", NS_FORM_INPUT_TEXT },
 | |
|   { "time", NS_FORM_INPUT_TIME },
 | |
|   { "url", NS_FORM_INPUT_URL },
 | |
|   { 0 }
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Default type is 'text'.
 | |
| static const nsAttrValue::EnumTable* kInputDefaultType = &kInputTypeTable[16];
 | |
| 
 | |
| static const uint8_t NS_INPUT_INPUTMODE_AUTO              = 0;
 | |
| static const uint8_t NS_INPUT_INPUTMODE_NUMERIC           = 1;
 | |
| static const uint8_t NS_INPUT_INPUTMODE_DIGIT             = 2;
 | |
| static const uint8_t NS_INPUT_INPUTMODE_UPPERCASE         = 3;
 | |
| static const uint8_t NS_INPUT_INPUTMODE_LOWERCASE         = 4;
 | |
| static const uint8_t NS_INPUT_INPUTMODE_TITLECASE         = 5;
 | |
| static const uint8_t NS_INPUT_INPUTMODE_AUTOCAPITALIZED   = 6;
 | |
| 
 | |
| static const nsAttrValue::EnumTable kInputInputmodeTable[] = {
 | |
|   { "auto", NS_INPUT_INPUTMODE_AUTO },
 | |
|   { "numeric", NS_INPUT_INPUTMODE_NUMERIC },
 | |
|   { "digit", NS_INPUT_INPUTMODE_DIGIT },
 | |
|   { "uppercase", NS_INPUT_INPUTMODE_UPPERCASE },
 | |
|   { "lowercase", NS_INPUT_INPUTMODE_LOWERCASE },
 | |
|   { "titlecase", NS_INPUT_INPUTMODE_TITLECASE },
 | |
|   { "autocapitalized", NS_INPUT_INPUTMODE_AUTOCAPITALIZED },
 | |
|   { 0 }
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Default inputmode value is "auto".
 | |
| static const nsAttrValue::EnumTable* kInputDefaultInputmode = &kInputInputmodeTable[0];
 | |
| 
 | |
| const Decimal HTMLInputElement::kStepScaleFactorDate = Decimal(86400000);
 | |
| const Decimal HTMLInputElement::kStepScaleFactorNumberRange = Decimal(1);
 | |
| const Decimal HTMLInputElement::kStepScaleFactorTime = Decimal(1000);
 | |
| const Decimal HTMLInputElement::kDefaultStepBase = Decimal(0);
 | |
| const Decimal HTMLInputElement::kDefaultStep = Decimal(1);
 | |
| const Decimal HTMLInputElement::kDefaultStepTime = Decimal(60);
 | |
| const Decimal HTMLInputElement::kStepAny = Decimal(0);
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define NS_INPUT_ELEMENT_STATE_IID                 \
 | |
| { /* dc3b3d14-23e2-4479-b513-7b369343e3a0 */       \
 | |
|   0xdc3b3d14,                                      \
 | |
|   0x23e2,                                          \
 | |
|   0x4479,                                          \
 | |
|   {0xb5, 0x13, 0x7b, 0x36, 0x93, 0x43, 0xe3, 0xa0} \
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define PROGRESS_STR "progress"
 | |
| static const uint32_t kProgressEventInterval = 50; // ms
 | |
| 
 | |
| class HTMLInputElementState final : public nsISupports
 | |
| {
 | |
|   public:
 | |
|     NS_DECLARE_STATIC_IID_ACCESSOR(NS_INPUT_ELEMENT_STATE_IID)
 | |
|     NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
 | |
| 
 | |
|     bool IsCheckedSet()
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       return mCheckedSet;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     bool GetChecked()
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       return mChecked;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     void SetChecked(bool aChecked)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       mChecked = aChecked;
 | |
|       mCheckedSet = true;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     const nsString& GetValue()
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       return mValue;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     void SetValue(const nsAString& aValue)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       mValue = aValue;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     const nsTArray<nsRefPtr<BlobImpl>>& GetBlobImpls()
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       return mBlobImpls;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     void SetBlobImpls(const nsTArray<nsRefPtr<File>>& aFile)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       mBlobImpls.Clear();
 | |
|       for (uint32_t i = 0, len = aFile.Length(); i < len; ++i) {
 | |
|         mBlobImpls.AppendElement(aFile[i]->Impl());
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     HTMLInputElementState()
 | |
|       : mValue()
 | |
|       , mChecked(false)
 | |
|       , mCheckedSet(false)
 | |
|     {}
 | |
| 
 | |
|   protected:
 | |
|     ~HTMLInputElementState() {}
 | |
| 
 | |
|     nsString mValue;
 | |
|     nsTArray<nsRefPtr<BlobImpl>> mBlobImpls;
 | |
|     bool mChecked;
 | |
|     bool mCheckedSet;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_DEFINE_STATIC_IID_ACCESSOR(HTMLInputElementState, NS_INPUT_ELEMENT_STATE_IID)
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(HTMLInputElementState, HTMLInputElementState)
 | |
| 
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::nsFilePickerShownCallback::nsFilePickerShownCallback(
 | |
|   HTMLInputElement* aInput, nsIFilePicker* aFilePicker)
 | |
|   : mFilePicker(aFilePicker)
 | |
|   , mInput(aInput)
 | |
| {
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(UploadLastDir::ContentPrefCallback, nsIContentPrefCallback2)
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| UploadLastDir::ContentPrefCallback::HandleCompletion(uint16_t aReason)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> localFile = do_CreateInstance(NS_LOCAL_FILE_CONTRACTID);
 | |
|   NS_ENSURE_STATE(localFile);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aReason == nsIContentPrefCallback2::COMPLETE_ERROR ||
 | |
|       !mResult) {
 | |
|     // Default to "desktop" directory for each platform
 | |
|     nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> homeDir;
 | |
|     NS_GetSpecialDirectory(NS_OS_DESKTOP_DIR, getter_AddRefs(homeDir));
 | |
|     localFile = do_QueryInterface(homeDir);
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     nsAutoString prefStr;
 | |
|     nsCOMPtr<nsIVariant> pref;
 | |
|     mResult->GetValue(getter_AddRefs(pref));
 | |
|     pref->GetAsAString(prefStr);
 | |
|     localFile->InitWithPath(prefStr);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   mFilePicker->SetDisplayDirectory(localFile);
 | |
|   mFilePicker->Open(mFpCallback);
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| UploadLastDir::ContentPrefCallback::HandleResult(nsIContentPref* pref)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   mResult = pref;
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| UploadLastDir::ContentPrefCallback::HandleError(nsresult error)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   // HandleCompletion is always called (even with HandleError was called),
 | |
|   // so we don't need to do anything special here.
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| namespace {
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * This may return nullptr if aDomFile's implementation of
 | |
|  * File::mozFullPathInternal does not successfully return a non-empty
 | |
|  * string that is a valid path. This can happen on Firefox OS, for example,
 | |
|  * where the file picker can create Blobs.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static already_AddRefed<nsIFile>
 | |
| DOMFileToLocalFile(File* aDomFile)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsString path;
 | |
|   ErrorResult rv;
 | |
|   aDomFile->GetMozFullPathInternal(path, rv);
 | |
|   if (rv.Failed() || path.IsEmpty()) {
 | |
|     rv.SuppressException();
 | |
|     return nullptr;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> localFile;
 | |
|   rv = NS_NewNativeLocalFile(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(path), true,
 | |
|                              getter_AddRefs(localFile));
 | |
|   if (NS_WARN_IF(rv.Failed())) {
 | |
|     rv.SuppressException();
 | |
|     return nullptr;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return localFile.forget();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| } // namespace
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::nsFilePickerShownCallback::Done(int16_t aResult)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   mInput->PickerClosed();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aResult == nsIFilePicker::returnCancel) {
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   int16_t mode;
 | |
|   mFilePicker->GetMode(&mode);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Collect new selected filenames
 | |
|   nsTArray<nsRefPtr<File>> newFiles;
 | |
|   if (mode == static_cast<int16_t>(nsIFilePicker::modeOpenMultiple) ||
 | |
|       mode == static_cast<int16_t>(nsIFilePicker::modeGetFolder)) {
 | |
|     nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> iter;
 | |
|     nsresult rv = mFilePicker->GetDomfiles(getter_AddRefs(iter));
 | |
|     NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (!iter) {
 | |
|       return NS_OK;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> tmp;
 | |
|     bool hasMore = true;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     while (NS_SUCCEEDED(iter->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore) {
 | |
|       iter->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(tmp));
 | |
|       nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMBlob> domBlob = do_QueryInterface(tmp);
 | |
|       MOZ_ASSERT(domBlob,
 | |
|                  "Null file object from FilePicker's file enumerator?");
 | |
|       if (domBlob) {
 | |
|         newFiles.AppendElement(static_cast<File*>(domBlob.get()));
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     MOZ_ASSERT(mode == static_cast<int16_t>(nsIFilePicker::modeOpen));
 | |
|     nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> tmp;
 | |
|     nsresult rv = mFilePicker->GetDomfile(getter_AddRefs(tmp));
 | |
|     NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMBlob> blob = do_QueryInterface(tmp);
 | |
|     if (blob) {
 | |
|       nsRefPtr<File> file = static_cast<Blob*>(blob.get())->ToFile();
 | |
|       newFiles.AppendElement(file);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (newFiles.IsEmpty()) {
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Store the last used directory using the content pref service:
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> file = DOMFileToLocalFile(newFiles[0]);
 | |
|   if (file) {
 | |
|     nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> lastUsedDir;
 | |
|     file->GetParent(getter_AddRefs(lastUsedDir));
 | |
|     HTMLInputElement::gUploadLastDir->StoreLastUsedDirectory(
 | |
|       mInput->OwnerDoc(), lastUsedDir);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // The text control frame (if there is one) isn't going to send a change
 | |
|   // event because it will think this is done by a script.
 | |
|   // So, we can safely send one by ourself.
 | |
|   mInput->SetFiles(newFiles, true);
 | |
|   return nsContentUtils::DispatchTrustedEvent(mInput->OwnerDoc(),
 | |
|                                               static_cast<nsIDOMHTMLInputElement*>(mInput.get()),
 | |
|                                               NS_LITERAL_STRING("change"), true,
 | |
|                                               false);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(HTMLInputElement::nsFilePickerShownCallback,
 | |
|                   nsIFilePickerShownCallback)
 | |
| 
 | |
| class nsColorPickerShownCallback final
 | |
|   : public nsIColorPickerShownCallback
 | |
| {
 | |
|   ~nsColorPickerShownCallback() {}
 | |
| 
 | |
| public:
 | |
|   nsColorPickerShownCallback(HTMLInputElement* aInput,
 | |
|                              nsIColorPicker* aColorPicker)
 | |
|     : mInput(aInput)
 | |
|     , mColorPicker(aColorPicker)
 | |
|     , mValueChanged(false)
 | |
|   {}
 | |
| 
 | |
|   NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
 | |
| 
 | |
|   NS_IMETHOD Update(const nsAString& aColor) override;
 | |
|   NS_IMETHOD Done(const nsAString& aColor) override;
 | |
| 
 | |
| private:
 | |
|   /**
 | |
|    * Updates the internals of the object using aColor as the new value.
 | |
|    * If aTrustedUpdate is true, it will consider that aColor is a new value.
 | |
|    * Otherwise, it will check that aColor is different from the current value.
 | |
|    */
 | |
|   nsresult UpdateInternal(const nsAString& aColor, bool aTrustedUpdate);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsRefPtr<HTMLInputElement> mInput;
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsIColorPicker>   mColorPicker;
 | |
|   bool                       mValueChanged;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult
 | |
| nsColorPickerShownCallback::UpdateInternal(const nsAString& aColor,
 | |
|                                            bool aTrustedUpdate)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   bool valueChanged = false;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsAutoString oldValue;
 | |
|   if (aTrustedUpdate) {
 | |
|     valueChanged = true;
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     mInput->GetValue(oldValue);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   mInput->SetValue(aColor);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!aTrustedUpdate) {
 | |
|     nsAutoString newValue;
 | |
|     mInput->GetValue(newValue);
 | |
|     if (!oldValue.Equals(newValue)) {
 | |
|       valueChanged = true;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (valueChanged) {
 | |
|     mValueChanged = true;
 | |
|     return nsContentUtils::DispatchTrustedEvent(mInput->OwnerDoc(),
 | |
|                                                 static_cast<nsIDOMHTMLInputElement*>(mInput.get()),
 | |
|                                                 NS_LITERAL_STRING("input"), true,
 | |
|                                                 false);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| nsColorPickerShownCallback::Update(const nsAString& aColor)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   return UpdateInternal(aColor, true);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| nsColorPickerShownCallback::Done(const nsAString& aColor)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   /**
 | |
|    * When Done() is called, we might be at the end of a serie of Update() calls
 | |
|    * in which case mValueChanged is set to true and a change event will have to
 | |
|    * be fired but we might also be in a one shot Done() call situation in which
 | |
|    * case we should fire a change event iif the value actually changed.
 | |
|    * UpdateInternal(bool) is taking care of that logic for us.
 | |
|    */
 | |
|   nsresult rv = NS_OK;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   mInput->PickerClosed();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!aColor.IsEmpty()) {
 | |
|     UpdateInternal(aColor, false);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (mValueChanged) {
 | |
|     rv = nsContentUtils::DispatchTrustedEvent(mInput->OwnerDoc(),
 | |
|                                               static_cast<nsIDOMHTMLInputElement*>(mInput.get()),
 | |
|                                               NS_LITERAL_STRING("change"), true,
 | |
|                                               false);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return rv;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsColorPickerShownCallback, nsIColorPickerShownCallback)
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::IsPopupBlocked() const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsPIDOMWindow> win = OwnerDoc()->GetWindow();
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(win, "window should not be null");
 | |
|   if (!win) {
 | |
|     return true;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Check if page is allowed to open the popup
 | |
|   if (win->GetPopupControlState() <= openControlled) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsIPopupWindowManager> pm = do_GetService(NS_POPUPWINDOWMANAGER_CONTRACTID);
 | |
|   if (!pm) {
 | |
|     return true;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   uint32_t permission;
 | |
|   pm->TestPermission(OwnerDoc()->NodePrincipal(), &permission);
 | |
|   return permission == nsIPopupWindowManager::DENY_POPUP;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::InitColorPicker()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (mPickerRunning) {
 | |
|     NS_WARNING("Just one nsIColorPicker is allowed");
 | |
|     return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsIDocument> doc = OwnerDoc();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsPIDOMWindow> win = doc->GetWindow();
 | |
|   if (!win) {
 | |
|     return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (IsPopupBlocked()) {
 | |
|     win->FirePopupBlockedEvent(doc, nullptr, EmptyString(), EmptyString());
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Get Loc title
 | |
|   nsXPIDLString title;
 | |
|   nsContentUtils::GetLocalizedString(nsContentUtils::eFORMS_PROPERTIES,
 | |
|                                      "ColorPicker", title);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsIColorPicker> colorPicker = do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/colorpicker;1");
 | |
|   if (!colorPicker) {
 | |
|     return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsAutoString initialValue;
 | |
|   GetValueInternal(initialValue);
 | |
|   nsresult rv = colorPicker->Init(win, title, initialValue);
 | |
|   NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsIColorPickerShownCallback> callback =
 | |
|     new nsColorPickerShownCallback(this, colorPicker);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   rv = colorPicker->Open(callback);
 | |
|   if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
 | |
|     mPickerRunning = true;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return rv;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::InitFilePicker(FilePickerType aType)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (mPickerRunning) {
 | |
|     NS_WARNING("Just one nsIFilePicker is allowed");
 | |
|     return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Get parent nsPIDOMWindow object.
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsIDocument> doc = OwnerDoc();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsPIDOMWindow> win = doc->GetWindow();
 | |
|   if (!win) {
 | |
|     return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (IsPopupBlocked()) {
 | |
|     win->FirePopupBlockedEvent(doc, nullptr, EmptyString(), EmptyString());
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Get Loc title
 | |
|   nsXPIDLString title;
 | |
|   nsContentUtils::GetLocalizedString(nsContentUtils::eFORMS_PROPERTIES,
 | |
|                                      "FileUpload", title);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsIFilePicker> filePicker = do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/filepicker;1");
 | |
|   if (!filePicker)
 | |
|     return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   int16_t mode;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aType == FILE_PICKER_DIRECTORY) {
 | |
|     mode = static_cast<int16_t>(nsIFilePicker::modeGetFolder);
 | |
|   } else if (HasAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::multiple)) {
 | |
|     mode = static_cast<int16_t>(nsIFilePicker::modeOpenMultiple);
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     mode = static_cast<int16_t>(nsIFilePicker::modeOpen);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsresult rv = filePicker->Init(win, title, mode);
 | |
|   NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Native directory pickers ignore file type filters, so we don't spend
 | |
|   // cycles adding them for FILE_PICKER_DIRECTORY.
 | |
|   if (HasAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::accept) &&
 | |
|       aType != FILE_PICKER_DIRECTORY) {
 | |
|     SetFilePickerFiltersFromAccept(filePicker);
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     filePicker->AppendFilters(nsIFilePicker::filterAll);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Set default directry and filename
 | |
|   nsAutoString defaultName;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   const nsTArray<nsRefPtr<File>>& oldFiles = GetFilesInternal();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsIFilePickerShownCallback> callback =
 | |
|     new HTMLInputElement::nsFilePickerShownCallback(this, filePicker);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!oldFiles.IsEmpty() &&
 | |
|       aType != FILE_PICKER_DIRECTORY) {
 | |
|     nsString path;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     ErrorResult error;
 | |
|     oldFiles[0]->GetMozFullPathInternal(path, error);
 | |
|     if (NS_WARN_IF(error.Failed())) {
 | |
|       return error.StealNSResult();
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> localFile;
 | |
|     rv = NS_NewLocalFile(path, false, getter_AddRefs(localFile));
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
 | |
|       nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> parentFile;
 | |
|       rv = localFile->GetParent(getter_AddRefs(parentFile));
 | |
|       if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
 | |
|         filePicker->SetDisplayDirectory(parentFile);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Unfortunately nsIFilePicker doesn't allow multiple files to be
 | |
|     // default-selected, so only select something by default if exactly
 | |
|     // one file was selected before.
 | |
|     if (oldFiles.Length() == 1) {
 | |
|       nsAutoString leafName;
 | |
|       oldFiles[0]->GetName(leafName);
 | |
|       if (!leafName.IsEmpty()) {
 | |
|         filePicker->SetDefaultString(leafName);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     rv = filePicker->Open(callback);
 | |
|     if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
 | |
|       mPickerRunning = true;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     return rv;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   HTMLInputElement::gUploadLastDir->FetchDirectoryAndDisplayPicker(doc, filePicker, callback);
 | |
|   mPickerRunning = true;
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define CPS_PREF_NAME NS_LITERAL_STRING("browser.upload.lastDir")
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(UploadLastDir, nsIObserver, nsISupportsWeakReference)
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::InitUploadLastDir() {
 | |
|   gUploadLastDir = new UploadLastDir();
 | |
|   NS_ADDREF(gUploadLastDir);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsIObserverService> observerService =
 | |
|     mozilla::services::GetObserverService();
 | |
|   if (observerService && gUploadLastDir) {
 | |
|     observerService->AddObserver(gUploadLastDir, "browser:purge-session-history", true);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::DestroyUploadLastDir() {
 | |
|   NS_IF_RELEASE(gUploadLastDir);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult
 | |
| UploadLastDir::FetchDirectoryAndDisplayPicker(nsIDocument* aDoc,
 | |
|                                               nsIFilePicker* aFilePicker,
 | |
|                                               nsIFilePickerShownCallback* aFpCallback)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   NS_PRECONDITION(aDoc, "aDoc is null");
 | |
|   NS_PRECONDITION(aFilePicker, "aFilePicker is null");
 | |
|   NS_PRECONDITION(aFpCallback, "aFpCallback is null");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsIURI* docURI = aDoc->GetDocumentURI();
 | |
|   NS_PRECONDITION(docURI, "docURI is null");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsILoadContext> loadContext = aDoc->GetLoadContext();
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsIContentPrefCallback2> prefCallback = 
 | |
|     new UploadLastDir::ContentPrefCallback(aFilePicker, aFpCallback);
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef MOZ_B2G
 | |
|   if (XRE_IsContentProcess()) {
 | |
|     prefCallback->HandleCompletion(nsIContentPrefCallback2::COMPLETE_ERROR);
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Attempt to get the CPS, if it's not present we'll fallback to use the Desktop folder
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsIContentPrefService2> contentPrefService =
 | |
|     do_GetService(NS_CONTENT_PREF_SERVICE_CONTRACTID);
 | |
|   if (!contentPrefService) {
 | |
|     prefCallback->HandleCompletion(nsIContentPrefCallback2::COMPLETE_ERROR);
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsAutoCString cstrSpec;
 | |
|   docURI->GetSpec(cstrSpec);
 | |
|   NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16 spec(cstrSpec);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   contentPrefService->GetByDomainAndName(spec, CPS_PREF_NAME, loadContext, prefCallback);
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult
 | |
| UploadLastDir::StoreLastUsedDirectory(nsIDocument* aDoc, nsIFile* aDir)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   NS_PRECONDITION(aDoc, "aDoc is null");
 | |
|   if (!aDir) {
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef MOZ_B2G
 | |
|   if (XRE_IsContentProcess()) {
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> docURI = aDoc->GetDocumentURI();
 | |
|   NS_PRECONDITION(docURI, "docURI is null");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Attempt to get the CPS, if it's not present we'll just return
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsIContentPrefService2> contentPrefService =
 | |
|     do_GetService(NS_CONTENT_PREF_SERVICE_CONTRACTID);
 | |
|   if (!contentPrefService)
 | |
|     return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsAutoCString cstrSpec;
 | |
|   docURI->GetSpec(cstrSpec);
 | |
|   NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16 spec(cstrSpec);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Find the parent of aFile, and store it
 | |
|   nsString unicodePath;
 | |
|   aDir->GetPath(unicodePath);
 | |
|   if (unicodePath.IsEmpty()) // nothing to do
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsIWritableVariant> prefValue = do_CreateInstance(NS_VARIANT_CONTRACTID);
 | |
|   if (!prefValue)
 | |
|     return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
 | |
|   prefValue->SetAsAString(unicodePath);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Use the document's current load context to ensure that the content pref
 | |
|   // service doesn't persistently store this directory for this domain if the
 | |
|   // user is using private browsing:
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsILoadContext> loadContext = aDoc->GetLoadContext();
 | |
|   return contentPrefService->Set(spec, CPS_PREF_NAME, prefValue, loadContext, nullptr);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| UploadLastDir::Observe(nsISupports* aSubject, char const* aTopic, char16_t const* aData)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (strcmp(aTopic, "browser:purge-session-history") == 0) {
 | |
|     nsCOMPtr<nsIContentPrefService2> contentPrefService =
 | |
|       do_GetService(NS_CONTENT_PREF_SERVICE_CONTRACTID);
 | |
|     if (contentPrefService)
 | |
|       contentPrefService->RemoveByName(CPS_PREF_NAME, nullptr, nullptr);
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef ACCESSIBILITY
 | |
| //Helper method
 | |
| static nsresult FireEventForAccessibility(nsIDOMHTMLInputElement* aTarget,
 | |
|                                           nsPresContext* aPresContext,
 | |
|                                           const nsAString& aEventType);
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| //
 | |
| // construction, destruction
 | |
| //
 | |
| 
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::HTMLInputElement(already_AddRefed<mozilla::dom::NodeInfo>& aNodeInfo,
 | |
|                                    FromParser aFromParser)
 | |
|   : nsGenericHTMLFormElementWithState(aNodeInfo)
 | |
|   , mType(kInputDefaultType->value)
 | |
|   , mAutocompleteAttrState(nsContentUtils::eAutocompleteAttrState_Unknown)
 | |
|   , mDisabledChanged(false)
 | |
|   , mValueChanged(false)
 | |
|   , mCheckedChanged(false)
 | |
|   , mChecked(false)
 | |
|   , mHandlingSelectEvent(false)
 | |
|   , mShouldInitChecked(false)
 | |
|   , mParserCreating(aFromParser != NOT_FROM_PARSER)
 | |
|   , mInInternalActivate(false)
 | |
|   , mCheckedIsToggled(false)
 | |
|   , mIndeterminate(false)
 | |
|   , mInhibitRestoration(aFromParser & FROM_PARSER_FRAGMENT)
 | |
|   , mCanShowValidUI(true)
 | |
|   , mCanShowInvalidUI(true)
 | |
|   , mHasRange(false)
 | |
|   , mIsDraggingRange(false)
 | |
|   , mNumberControlSpinnerIsSpinning(false)
 | |
|   , mNumberControlSpinnerSpinsUp(false)
 | |
|   , mPickerRunning(false)
 | |
|   , mSelectionCached(true)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   // We are in a type=text so we now we currenty need a nsTextEditorState.
 | |
|   mInputData.mState = new nsTextEditorState(this);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!gUploadLastDir)
 | |
|     HTMLInputElement::InitUploadLastDir();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Set up our default state.  By default we're enabled (since we're
 | |
|   // a control type that can be disabled but not actually disabled
 | |
|   // right now), optional, and valid.  We are NOT readwrite by default
 | |
|   // until someone calls UpdateEditableState on us, apparently!  Also
 | |
|   // by default we don't have to show validity UI and so forth.
 | |
|   AddStatesSilently(NS_EVENT_STATE_ENABLED |
 | |
|                     NS_EVENT_STATE_OPTIONAL |
 | |
|                     NS_EVENT_STATE_VALID);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::~HTMLInputElement()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (mNumberControlSpinnerIsSpinning) {
 | |
|     StopNumberControlSpinnerSpin();
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   DestroyImageLoadingContent();
 | |
|   FreeData();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::FreeData()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (!IsSingleLineTextControl(false)) {
 | |
|     free(mInputData.mValue);
 | |
|     mInputData.mValue = nullptr;
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     UnbindFromFrame(nullptr);
 | |
|     delete mInputData.mState;
 | |
|     mInputData.mState = nullptr;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsTextEditorState*
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetEditorState() const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (!IsSingleLineTextControl(false)) {
 | |
|     return nullptr;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(mInputData.mState, "Single line text controls need to have a state"
 | |
|                                 " associated with them");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return mInputData.mState;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| // nsISupports
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_CLASS(HTMLInputElement)
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_TRAVERSE_BEGIN_INHERITED(HTMLInputElement,
 | |
|                                                   nsGenericHTMLFormElementWithState)
 | |
|   NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_TRAVERSE(mValidity)
 | |
|   NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_TRAVERSE(mControllers)
 | |
|   if (tmp->IsSingleLineTextControl(false)) {
 | |
|     tmp->mInputData.mState->Traverse(cb);
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_TRAVERSE(mFiles)
 | |
|   NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_TRAVERSE(mFileList)
 | |
| NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_TRAVERSE_END
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_UNLINK_BEGIN_INHERITED(HTMLInputElement,
 | |
|                                                 nsGenericHTMLFormElementWithState)
 | |
|   NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_UNLINK(mValidity)
 | |
|   NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_UNLINK(mControllers)
 | |
|   NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_UNLINK(mFiles)
 | |
|   NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_UNLINK(mFileList)
 | |
|   if (tmp->IsSingleLineTextControl(false)) {
 | |
|     tmp->mInputData.mState->Unlink();
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   //XXX should unlink more?
 | |
| NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_UNLINK_END
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMPL_ADDREF_INHERITED(HTMLInputElement, Element)
 | |
| NS_IMPL_RELEASE_INHERITED(HTMLInputElement, Element)
 | |
| 
 | |
| // QueryInterface implementation for HTMLInputElement
 | |
| NS_INTERFACE_TABLE_HEAD_CYCLE_COLLECTION_INHERITED(HTMLInputElement)
 | |
|   NS_INTERFACE_TABLE_INHERITED(HTMLInputElement,
 | |
|                                nsIDOMHTMLInputElement,
 | |
|                                nsITextControlElement,
 | |
|                                nsIPhonetic,
 | |
|                                imgINotificationObserver,
 | |
|                                nsIImageLoadingContent,
 | |
|                                imgIOnloadBlocker,
 | |
|                                nsIDOMNSEditableElement,
 | |
|                                nsIConstraintValidation)
 | |
| NS_INTERFACE_TABLE_TAIL_INHERITING(nsGenericHTMLFormElementWithState)
 | |
| 
 | |
| // nsIConstraintValidation
 | |
| NS_IMPL_NSICONSTRAINTVALIDATION_EXCEPT_SETCUSTOMVALIDITY(HTMLInputElement)
 | |
| 
 | |
| // nsIDOMNode
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::Clone(mozilla::dom::NodeInfo* aNodeInfo, nsINode** aResult) const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   *aResult = nullptr;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   already_AddRefed<mozilla::dom::NodeInfo> ni = nsRefPtr<mozilla::dom::NodeInfo>(aNodeInfo).forget();
 | |
|   nsRefPtr<HTMLInputElement> it = new HTMLInputElement(ni, NOT_FROM_PARSER);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsresult rv = const_cast<HTMLInputElement*>(this)->CopyInnerTo(it);
 | |
|   NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   switch (GetValueMode()) {
 | |
|     case VALUE_MODE_VALUE:
 | |
|       if (mValueChanged) {
 | |
|         // We don't have our default value anymore.  Set our value on
 | |
|         // the clone.
 | |
|         nsAutoString value;
 | |
|         GetValueInternal(value);
 | |
|         // SetValueInternal handles setting the VALUE_CHANGED bit for us
 | |
|         rv = it->SetValueInternal(value, nsTextEditorState::eSetValue_Notify);
 | |
|         NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     case VALUE_MODE_FILENAME:
 | |
|       if (it->OwnerDoc()->IsStaticDocument()) {
 | |
|         // We're going to be used in print preview.  Since the doc is static
 | |
|         // we can just grab the pretty string and use it as wallpaper
 | |
|         GetDisplayFileName(it->mStaticDocFileList);
 | |
|       } else {
 | |
|         it->mFiles.Clear();
 | |
|         it->mFiles.AppendElements(mFiles);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     case VALUE_MODE_DEFAULT_ON:
 | |
|       if (mCheckedChanged) {
 | |
|         // We no longer have our original checked state.  Set our
 | |
|         // checked state on the clone.
 | |
|         it->DoSetChecked(mChecked, false, true);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     case VALUE_MODE_DEFAULT:
 | |
|       if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_IMAGE && it->OwnerDoc()->IsStaticDocument()) {
 | |
|         CreateStaticImageClone(it);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   it.forget(aResult);
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::BeforeSetAttr(int32_t aNameSpaceID, nsIAtom* aName,
 | |
|                                 nsAttrValueOrString* aValue,
 | |
|                                 bool aNotify)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (aNameSpaceID == kNameSpaceID_None) {
 | |
|     //
 | |
|     // When name or type changes, radio should be removed from radio group.
 | |
|     // (type changes are handled in the form itself currently)
 | |
|     // If the parser is not done creating the radio, we also should not do it.
 | |
|     //
 | |
|     if ((aName == nsGkAtoms::name ||
 | |
|          (aName == nsGkAtoms::type && !mForm)) &&
 | |
|         mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RADIO &&
 | |
|         (mForm || !mParserCreating)) {
 | |
|       WillRemoveFromRadioGroup();
 | |
|     } else if (aNotify && aName == nsGkAtoms::src &&
 | |
|                mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_IMAGE) {
 | |
|       if (aValue) {
 | |
|         LoadImage(aValue->String(), true, aNotify, eImageLoadType_Normal);
 | |
|       } else {
 | |
|         // Null value means the attr got unset; drop the image
 | |
|         CancelImageRequests(aNotify);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     } else if (aNotify && aName == nsGkAtoms::disabled) {
 | |
|       mDisabledChanged = true;
 | |
|     } else if (aName == nsGkAtoms::dir &&
 | |
|                AttrValueIs(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::dir,
 | |
|                            nsGkAtoms::_auto, eIgnoreCase)) {
 | |
|       SetDirectionIfAuto(false, aNotify);
 | |
|     } else if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RADIO && aName == nsGkAtoms::required) {
 | |
|       nsCOMPtr<nsIRadioGroupContainer> container = GetRadioGroupContainer();
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (container &&
 | |
|           ((aValue && !HasAttr(aNameSpaceID, aName)) ||
 | |
|            (!aValue && HasAttr(aNameSpaceID, aName)))) {
 | |
|         nsAutoString name;
 | |
|         GetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::name, name);
 | |
|         container->RadioRequiredWillChange(name, !!aValue);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return nsGenericHTMLFormElementWithState::BeforeSetAttr(aNameSpaceID, aName,
 | |
|                                                           aValue, aNotify);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::AfterSetAttr(int32_t aNameSpaceID, nsIAtom* aName,
 | |
|                                const nsAttrValue* aValue, bool aNotify)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (aNameSpaceID == kNameSpaceID_None) {
 | |
|     //
 | |
|     // When name or type changes, radio should be added to radio group.
 | |
|     // (type changes are handled in the form itself currently)
 | |
|     // If the parser is not done creating the radio, we also should not do it.
 | |
|     //
 | |
|     if ((aName == nsGkAtoms::name ||
 | |
|          (aName == nsGkAtoms::type && !mForm)) &&
 | |
|         mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RADIO &&
 | |
|         (mForm || !mParserCreating)) {
 | |
|       AddedToRadioGroup();
 | |
|       UpdateValueMissingValidityStateForRadio(false);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // If @value is changed and BF_VALUE_CHANGED is false, @value is the value
 | |
|     // of the element so, if the value of the element is different than @value,
 | |
|     // we have to re-set it. This is only the case when GetValueMode() returns
 | |
|     // VALUE_MODE_VALUE.
 | |
|     if (aName == nsGkAtoms::value &&
 | |
|         !mValueChanged && GetValueMode() == VALUE_MODE_VALUE) {
 | |
|       SetDefaultValueAsValue();
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     //
 | |
|     // Checked must be set no matter what type of control it is, since
 | |
|     // mChecked must reflect the new value
 | |
|     if (aName == nsGkAtoms::checked && !mCheckedChanged) {
 | |
|       // Delay setting checked if the parser is creating this element (wait
 | |
|       // until everything is set)
 | |
|       if (mParserCreating) {
 | |
|         mShouldInitChecked = true;
 | |
|       } else {
 | |
|         DoSetChecked(DefaultChecked(), true, true);
 | |
|         SetCheckedChanged(false);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (aName == nsGkAtoms::type) {
 | |
|       if (!aValue) {
 | |
|         // We're now a text input.  Note that we have to handle this manually,
 | |
|         // since removing an attribute (which is what happened, since aValue is
 | |
|         // null) doesn't call ParseAttribute.
 | |
|         HandleTypeChange(kInputDefaultType->value);
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       UpdateBarredFromConstraintValidation();
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (mType != NS_FORM_INPUT_IMAGE) {
 | |
|         // We're no longer an image input.  Cancel our image requests, if we have
 | |
|         // any.  Note that doing this when we already weren't an image is ok --
 | |
|         // just does nothing.
 | |
|         CancelImageRequests(aNotify);
 | |
|       } else if (aNotify) {
 | |
|         // We just got switched to be an image input; we should see
 | |
|         // whether we have an image to load;
 | |
|         nsAutoString src;
 | |
|         if (GetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::src, src)) {
 | |
|           LoadImage(src, false, aNotify, eImageLoadType_Normal);
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_PASSWORD && IsInComposedDoc()) {
 | |
|         AsyncEventDispatcher* dispatcher =
 | |
|           new AsyncEventDispatcher(this,
 | |
|                                    NS_LITERAL_STRING("DOMInputPasswordAdded"),
 | |
|                                    true,
 | |
|                                    true);
 | |
|         dispatcher->PostDOMEvent();
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (aName == nsGkAtoms::required || aName == nsGkAtoms::disabled ||
 | |
|         aName == nsGkAtoms::readonly) {
 | |
|       UpdateValueMissingValidityState();
 | |
| 
 | |
|       // This *has* to be called *after* validity has changed.
 | |
|       if (aName == nsGkAtoms::readonly || aName == nsGkAtoms::disabled) {
 | |
|         UpdateBarredFromConstraintValidation();
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     } else if (MaxLengthApplies() && aName == nsGkAtoms::maxlength) {
 | |
|       UpdateTooLongValidityState();
 | |
|     } else if (aName == nsGkAtoms::pattern) {
 | |
|       UpdatePatternMismatchValidityState();
 | |
|     } else if (aName == nsGkAtoms::multiple) {
 | |
|       UpdateTypeMismatchValidityState();
 | |
|     } else if (aName == nsGkAtoms::max) {
 | |
|       UpdateHasRange();
 | |
|       UpdateRangeOverflowValidityState();
 | |
|       if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RANGE) {
 | |
|         // The value may need to change when @max changes since the value may
 | |
|         // have been invalid and can now change to a valid value, or vice
 | |
|         // versa. For example, consider:
 | |
|         // <input type=range value=-1 max=1 step=3>. The valid range is 0 to 1
 | |
|         // while the nearest valid steps are -1 and 2 (the max value having
 | |
|         // prevented there being a valid step in range). Changing @max to/from
 | |
|         // 1 and a number greater than on equal to 3 should change whether we
 | |
|         // have a step mismatch or not.
 | |
|         // The value may also need to change between a value that results in
 | |
|         // a step mismatch and a value that results in overflow. For example,
 | |
|         // if @max in the example above were to change from 1 to -1.
 | |
|         nsAutoString value;
 | |
|         GetValue(value);
 | |
|         nsresult rv =
 | |
|           SetValueInternal(value, nsTextEditorState::eSetValue_Internal);
 | |
|         NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
 | |
|         MOZ_ASSERT(!GetValidityState(VALIDITY_STATE_RANGE_UNDERFLOW),
 | |
|                    "HTML5 spec does not allow this");
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     } else if (aName == nsGkAtoms::min) {
 | |
|       UpdateHasRange();
 | |
|       UpdateRangeUnderflowValidityState();
 | |
|       UpdateStepMismatchValidityState();
 | |
|       if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RANGE) {
 | |
|         // See @max comment
 | |
|         nsAutoString value;
 | |
|         GetValue(value);
 | |
|         nsresult rv =
 | |
|           SetValueInternal(value, nsTextEditorState::eSetValue_Internal);
 | |
|         NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
 | |
|         MOZ_ASSERT(!GetValidityState(VALIDITY_STATE_RANGE_UNDERFLOW),
 | |
|                    "HTML5 spec does not allow this");
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     } else if (aName == nsGkAtoms::step) {
 | |
|       UpdateStepMismatchValidityState();
 | |
|       if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RANGE) {
 | |
|         // See @max comment
 | |
|         nsAutoString value;
 | |
|         GetValue(value);
 | |
|         nsresult rv =
 | |
|           SetValueInternal(value, nsTextEditorState::eSetValue_Internal);
 | |
|         NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
 | |
|         MOZ_ASSERT(!GetValidityState(VALIDITY_STATE_RANGE_UNDERFLOW),
 | |
|                    "HTML5 spec does not allow this");
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     } else if (aName == nsGkAtoms::dir &&
 | |
|                aValue && aValue->Equals(nsGkAtoms::_auto, eIgnoreCase)) {
 | |
|       SetDirectionIfAuto(true, aNotify);
 | |
|     } else if (aName == nsGkAtoms::lang) {
 | |
|       if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER) {
 | |
|         // Update the value that is displayed to the user to the new locale:
 | |
|         nsAutoString value;
 | |
|         GetValueInternal(value);
 | |
|         nsNumberControlFrame* numberControlFrame =
 | |
|           do_QueryFrame(GetPrimaryFrame());
 | |
|         if (numberControlFrame) {
 | |
|           numberControlFrame->SetValueOfAnonTextControl(value);
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     } else if (aName == nsGkAtoms::autocomplete) {
 | |
|       // Clear the cached @autocomplete attribute state.
 | |
|       mAutocompleteAttrState = nsContentUtils::eAutocompleteAttrState_Unknown;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     UpdateState(aNotify);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return nsGenericHTMLFormElementWithState::AfterSetAttr(aNameSpaceID, aName,
 | |
|                                                          aValue, aNotify);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // nsIDOMHTMLInputElement
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetForm(nsIDOMHTMLFormElement** aForm)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   return nsGenericHTMLFormElementWithState::GetForm(aForm);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMPL_STRING_ATTR(HTMLInputElement, DefaultValue, value)
 | |
| NS_IMPL_BOOL_ATTR(HTMLInputElement, DefaultChecked, checked)
 | |
| NS_IMPL_STRING_ATTR(HTMLInputElement, Accept, accept)
 | |
| NS_IMPL_STRING_ATTR(HTMLInputElement, Align, align)
 | |
| NS_IMPL_STRING_ATTR(HTMLInputElement, Alt, alt)
 | |
| NS_IMPL_BOOL_ATTR(HTMLInputElement, Autofocus, autofocus)
 | |
| //NS_IMPL_BOOL_ATTR(HTMLInputElement, Checked, checked)
 | |
| NS_IMPL_BOOL_ATTR(HTMLInputElement, Disabled, disabled)
 | |
| NS_IMPL_STRING_ATTR(HTMLInputElement, Max, max)
 | |
| NS_IMPL_STRING_ATTR(HTMLInputElement, Min, min)
 | |
| NS_IMPL_ACTION_ATTR(HTMLInputElement, FormAction, formaction)
 | |
| NS_IMPL_ENUM_ATTR_DEFAULT_MISSING_INVALID_VALUES(HTMLInputElement, FormEnctype, formenctype,
 | |
|                                                  "", kFormDefaultEnctype->tag)
 | |
| NS_IMPL_ENUM_ATTR_DEFAULT_MISSING_INVALID_VALUES(HTMLInputElement, FormMethod, formmethod,
 | |
|                                                  "", kFormDefaultMethod->tag)
 | |
| NS_IMPL_BOOL_ATTR(HTMLInputElement, FormNoValidate, formnovalidate)
 | |
| NS_IMPL_STRING_ATTR(HTMLInputElement, FormTarget, formtarget)
 | |
| NS_IMPL_ENUM_ATTR_DEFAULT_VALUE(HTMLInputElement, InputMode, inputmode,
 | |
|                                 kInputDefaultInputmode->tag)
 | |
| NS_IMPL_BOOL_ATTR(HTMLInputElement, Multiple, multiple)
 | |
| NS_IMPL_NON_NEGATIVE_INT_ATTR(HTMLInputElement, MaxLength, maxlength)
 | |
| NS_IMPL_STRING_ATTR(HTMLInputElement, Name, name)
 | |
| NS_IMPL_BOOL_ATTR(HTMLInputElement, ReadOnly, readonly)
 | |
| NS_IMPL_BOOL_ATTR(HTMLInputElement, Required, required)
 | |
| NS_IMPL_URI_ATTR(HTMLInputElement, Src, src)
 | |
| NS_IMPL_STRING_ATTR(HTMLInputElement, Step, step)
 | |
| NS_IMPL_STRING_ATTR(HTMLInputElement, UseMap, usemap)
 | |
| //NS_IMPL_STRING_ATTR(HTMLInputElement, Value, value)
 | |
| NS_IMPL_UINT_ATTR_NON_ZERO_DEFAULT_VALUE(HTMLInputElement, Size, size, DEFAULT_COLS)
 | |
| NS_IMPL_STRING_ATTR(HTMLInputElement, Pattern, pattern)
 | |
| NS_IMPL_STRING_ATTR(HTMLInputElement, Placeholder, placeholder)
 | |
| NS_IMPL_ENUM_ATTR_DEFAULT_VALUE(HTMLInputElement, Type, type,
 | |
|                                 kInputDefaultType->tag)
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetAutocomplete(nsAString& aValue)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (!DoesAutocompleteApply()) {
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   aValue.Truncate(0);
 | |
|   const nsAttrValue* attributeVal = GetParsedAttr(nsGkAtoms::autocomplete);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   mAutocompleteAttrState =
 | |
|     nsContentUtils::SerializeAutocompleteAttribute(attributeVal, aValue,
 | |
|                                                    mAutocompleteAttrState);
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::SetAutocomplete(const nsAString& aValue)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   return SetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::autocomplete, nullptr, aValue, true);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetAutocompleteInfo(Nullable<AutocompleteInfo>& aInfo)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (!DoesAutocompleteApply()) {
 | |
|     aInfo.SetNull();
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   const nsAttrValue* attributeVal = GetParsedAttr(nsGkAtoms::autocomplete);
 | |
|   mAutocompleteAttrState =
 | |
|     nsContentUtils::SerializeAutocompleteAttribute(attributeVal, aInfo.SetValue(),
 | |
|                                                    mAutocompleteAttrState);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| int32_t
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::TabIndexDefault()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   return 0;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| uint32_t
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::Height()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (mType != NS_FORM_INPUT_IMAGE) {
 | |
|     return 0;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return GetWidthHeightForImage(mCurrentRequest).height;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetHeight(uint32_t* aHeight)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   *aHeight = Height();
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::SetHeight(uint32_t aHeight)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   ErrorResult rv;
 | |
|   SetHeight(aHeight, rv);
 | |
|   return rv.StealNSResult();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetIndeterminate(bool* aValue)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   *aValue = Indeterminate();
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::SetIndeterminateInternal(bool aValue,
 | |
|                                            bool aShouldInvalidate)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   mIndeterminate = aValue;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aShouldInvalidate) {
 | |
|     // Repaint the frame
 | |
|     nsIFrame* frame = GetPrimaryFrame();
 | |
|     if (frame)
 | |
|       frame->InvalidateFrameSubtree();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   UpdateState(true);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::SetIndeterminate(bool aValue)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   SetIndeterminateInternal(aValue, true);
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| uint32_t
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::Width()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (mType != NS_FORM_INPUT_IMAGE) {
 | |
|     return 0;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return GetWidthHeightForImage(mCurrentRequest).width;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetWidth(uint32_t* aWidth)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   *aWidth = Width();
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::SetWidth(uint32_t aWidth)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   ErrorResult rv;
 | |
|   SetWidth(aWidth, rv);
 | |
|   return rv.StealNSResult();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetValue(nsAString& aValue)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   GetValueInternal(aValue);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Don't return non-sanitized value for types that are experimental on mobile.
 | |
|   if (IsExperimentalMobileType(mType)) {
 | |
|     SanitizeValue(aValue);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetValueInternal(nsAString& aValue) const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   switch (GetValueMode()) {
 | |
|     case VALUE_MODE_VALUE:
 | |
|       if (IsSingleLineTextControl(false)) {
 | |
|         mInputData.mState->GetValue(aValue, true);
 | |
|       } else {
 | |
|         aValue.Assign(mInputData.mValue);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       return NS_OK;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case VALUE_MODE_FILENAME:
 | |
|       if (nsContentUtils::IsCallerChrome()) {
 | |
| #ifndef MOZ_CHILD_PERMISSIONS
 | |
|         aValue.Assign(mFirstFilePath);
 | |
| #else
 | |
|         // XXX We'd love to assert that this can't happen, but some mochitests
 | |
|         // use SpecialPowers to circumvent our more sane security model.
 | |
|         if (!mFiles.IsEmpty()) {
 | |
|           ErrorResult rv;
 | |
|           mFiles[0]->GetMozFullPath(aValue, rv);
 | |
|           if (NS_WARN_IF(rv.Failed())) {
 | |
|             return rv.StealNSResult();
 | |
|           }
 | |
|           return NS_OK;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|         else {
 | |
|           aValue.Truncate();
 | |
|         }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|       } else {
 | |
|         // Just return the leaf name
 | |
|         if (mFiles.IsEmpty()) {
 | |
|           aValue.Truncate();
 | |
|         } else {
 | |
|           mFiles[0]->GetName(aValue);
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       return NS_OK;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case VALUE_MODE_DEFAULT:
 | |
|       // Treat defaultValue as value.
 | |
|       GetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::value, aValue);
 | |
|       return NS_OK;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case VALUE_MODE_DEFAULT_ON:
 | |
|       // Treat default value as value and returns "on" if no value.
 | |
|       if (!GetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::value, aValue)) {
 | |
|         aValue.AssignLiteral("on");
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       return NS_OK;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // This return statement is required for some compilers.
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::IsValueEmpty() const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsAutoString value;
 | |
|   GetValueInternal(value);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return value.IsEmpty();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::ClearFiles(bool aSetValueChanged)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsTArray<nsRefPtr<File>> files;
 | |
|   SetFiles(files, aSetValueChanged);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* static */ Decimal
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::StringToDecimal(const nsAString& aValue)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (!IsASCII(aValue)) {
 | |
|     return Decimal::nan();
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   NS_LossyConvertUTF16toASCII asciiString(aValue);
 | |
|   std::string stdString = asciiString.get();
 | |
|   return Decimal::fromString(stdString);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::ConvertStringToNumber(nsAString& aValue,
 | |
|                                         Decimal& aResultValue) const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(DoesValueAsNumberApply(),
 | |
|              "ConvertStringToNumber only applies if .valueAsNumber applies");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   switch (mType) {
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_RANGE:
 | |
|       {
 | |
|         aResultValue = StringToDecimal(aValue);
 | |
|         if (!aResultValue.isFinite()) {
 | |
|           return false;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|         return true;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_DATE:
 | |
|       {
 | |
|         uint32_t year, month, day;
 | |
|         if (!GetValueAsDate(aValue, &year, &month, &day)) {
 | |
|           return false;
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         JS::ClippedTime time = JS::TimeClip(JS::MakeDate(year, month - 1, day));
 | |
|         if (!time.isValid()) {
 | |
|           return false;
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         aResultValue = Decimal::fromDouble(time.toDouble());
 | |
|         return true;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_TIME:
 | |
|       uint32_t milliseconds;
 | |
|       if (!ParseTime(aValue, &milliseconds)) {
 | |
|         return false;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       aResultValue = Decimal(int32_t(milliseconds));
 | |
|       return true;
 | |
|     default:
 | |
|       MOZ_ASSERT(false, "Unrecognized input type");
 | |
|       return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| Decimal
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetValueAsDecimal() const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   Decimal decimalValue;
 | |
|   nsAutoString stringValue;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   GetValueInternal(stringValue);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return !ConvertStringToNumber(stringValue, decimalValue) ? Decimal::nan()
 | |
|                                                            : decimalValue;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::SetValue(const nsAString& aValue, ErrorResult& aRv)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   // check security.  Note that setting the value to the empty string is always
 | |
|   // OK and gives pages a way to clear a file input if necessary.
 | |
|   if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_FILE) {
 | |
|     if (!aValue.IsEmpty()) {
 | |
|       if (!nsContentUtils::IsCallerChrome()) {
 | |
|         // setting the value of a "FILE" input widget requires
 | |
|         // chrome privilege
 | |
|         aRv.Throw(NS_ERROR_DOM_SECURITY_ERR);
 | |
|         return;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       Sequence<nsString> list;
 | |
|       if (!list.AppendElement(aValue, fallible)) {
 | |
|         aRv.Throw(NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
 | |
|         return;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       MozSetFileNameArray(list, aRv);
 | |
|       return;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     else {
 | |
|       ClearFiles(true);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   else {
 | |
|     if (MayFireChangeOnBlur()) {
 | |
|       // If the value has been set by a script, we basically want to keep the
 | |
|       // current change event state. If the element is ready to fire a change
 | |
|       // event, we should keep it that way. Otherwise, we should make sure the
 | |
|       // element will not fire any event because of the script interaction.
 | |
|       //
 | |
|       // NOTE: this is currently quite expensive work (too much string
 | |
|       // manipulation). We should probably optimize that.
 | |
|       nsAutoString currentValue;
 | |
|       GetValue(currentValue);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       nsresult rv =
 | |
|         SetValueInternal(aValue, nsTextEditorState::eSetValue_ByContent |
 | |
|                                  nsTextEditorState::eSetValue_Notify);
 | |
|       if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
 | |
|         aRv.Throw(rv);
 | |
|         return;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (mFocusedValue.Equals(currentValue)) {
 | |
|         GetValue(mFocusedValue);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     } else {
 | |
|       nsresult rv =
 | |
|         SetValueInternal(aValue, nsTextEditorState::eSetValue_ByContent |
 | |
|                                  nsTextEditorState::eSetValue_Notify);
 | |
|       if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
 | |
|         aRv.Throw(rv);
 | |
|         return;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::SetValue(const nsAString& aValue)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   ErrorResult rv;
 | |
|   SetValue(aValue, rv);
 | |
|   return rv.StealNSResult();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsGenericHTMLElement*
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetList() const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsAutoString dataListId;
 | |
|   GetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::list, dataListId);
 | |
|   if (dataListId.IsEmpty()) {
 | |
|     return nullptr;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   //XXXsmaug How should this all work in case input element is in Shadow DOM.
 | |
|   nsIDocument* doc = GetUncomposedDoc();
 | |
|   if (!doc) {
 | |
|     return nullptr;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   Element* element = doc->GetElementById(dataListId);
 | |
|   if (!element || !element->IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::datalist)) {
 | |
|     return nullptr;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return static_cast<nsGenericHTMLElement*>(element);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetList(nsIDOMHTMLElement** aValue)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   *aValue = nullptr;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsRefPtr<nsGenericHTMLElement> element = GetList();
 | |
|   if (!element) {
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   element.forget(aValue);
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::SetValue(Decimal aValue)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(!aValue.isInfinity(), "aValue must not be Infinity!");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aValue.isNaN()) {
 | |
|     SetValue(EmptyString());
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsAutoString value;
 | |
|   ConvertNumberToString(aValue, value);
 | |
|   SetValue(value);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::ConvertNumberToString(Decimal aValue,
 | |
|                                         nsAString& aResultString) const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(DoesValueAsNumberApply(),
 | |
|              "ConvertNumberToString is only implemented for types implementing .valueAsNumber");
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(aValue.isFinite(),
 | |
|              "aValue must be a valid non-Infinite number.");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   aResultString.Truncate();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   switch (mType) {
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_RANGE:
 | |
|       {
 | |
|         char buf[32];
 | |
|         bool ok = aValue.toString(buf, ArrayLength(buf));
 | |
|         aResultString.AssignASCII(buf);
 | |
|         MOZ_ASSERT(ok, "buf not big enough");
 | |
|         return ok;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_DATE:
 | |
|       {
 | |
|         // The specs (and our JS APIs) require |aValue| to be truncated.
 | |
|         aValue = aValue.floor();
 | |
| 
 | |
|         double year = JS::YearFromTime(aValue.toDouble());
 | |
|         double month = JS::MonthFromTime(aValue.toDouble());
 | |
|         double day = JS::DayFromTime(aValue.toDouble());
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (IsNaN(year) || IsNaN(month) || IsNaN(day)) {
 | |
|           return false;
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         aResultString.AppendPrintf("%04.0f-%02.0f-%02.0f", year,
 | |
|                                    month + 1, day);
 | |
| 
 | |
|         return true;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_TIME:
 | |
|       {
 | |
|         // Per spec, we need to truncate |aValue| and we should only represent
 | |
|         // times inside a day [00:00, 24:00[, which means that we should do a
 | |
|         // modulo on |aValue| using the number of milliseconds in a day (86400000).
 | |
|         uint32_t value = NS_floorModulo(aValue.floor(), Decimal(86400000)).toDouble();
 | |
| 
 | |
|         uint16_t milliseconds = value % 1000;
 | |
|         value /= 1000;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         uint8_t seconds = value % 60;
 | |
|         value /= 60;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         uint8_t minutes = value % 60;
 | |
|         value /= 60;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         uint8_t hours = value;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (milliseconds != 0) {
 | |
|           aResultString.AppendPrintf("%02d:%02d:%02d.%03d",
 | |
|                                      hours, minutes, seconds, milliseconds);
 | |
|         } else if (seconds != 0) {
 | |
|           aResultString.AppendPrintf("%02d:%02d:%02d",
 | |
|                                      hours, minutes, seconds);
 | |
|         } else {
 | |
|           aResultString.AppendPrintf("%02d:%02d", hours, minutes);
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         return true;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     default:
 | |
|       MOZ_ASSERT(false, "Unrecognized input type");
 | |
|       return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| Nullable<Date>
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetValueAsDate(ErrorResult& aRv)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (mType != NS_FORM_INPUT_DATE && mType != NS_FORM_INPUT_TIME) {
 | |
|     return Nullable<Date>();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   switch (mType) {
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_DATE:
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       uint32_t year, month, day;
 | |
|       nsAutoString value;
 | |
|       GetValueInternal(value);
 | |
|       if (!GetValueAsDate(value, &year, &month, &day)) {
 | |
|         return Nullable<Date>();
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       JS::ClippedTime time = JS::TimeClip(JS::MakeDate(year, month - 1, day));
 | |
|       return Nullable<Date>(Date(time));
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_TIME:
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       uint32_t millisecond;
 | |
|       nsAutoString value;
 | |
|       GetValueInternal(value);
 | |
|       if (!ParseTime(value, &millisecond)) {
 | |
|         return Nullable<Date>();
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       JS::ClippedTime time = JS::TimeClip(millisecond);
 | |
|       MOZ_ASSERT(time.toDouble() == millisecond,
 | |
|                  "HTML times are restricted to the day after the epoch and "
 | |
|                  "never clip");
 | |
|       return Nullable<Date>(Date(time));
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(false, "Unrecognized input type");
 | |
|   aRv.Throw(NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
 | |
|   return Nullable<Date>();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::SetValueAsDate(Nullable<Date> aDate, ErrorResult& aRv)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (mType != NS_FORM_INPUT_DATE && mType != NS_FORM_INPUT_TIME) {
 | |
|     aRv.Throw(NS_ERROR_DOM_INVALID_STATE_ERR);
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aDate.IsNull() || aDate.Value().IsUndefined()) {
 | |
|     aRv = SetValue(EmptyString());
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   SetValue(Decimal::fromDouble(aDate.Value().TimeStamp().toDouble()));
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetValueAsNumber(double* aValueAsNumber)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   *aValueAsNumber = ValueAsNumber();
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::SetValueAsNumber(double aValueAsNumber, ErrorResult& aRv)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   // TODO: return TypeError when HTMLInputElement is converted to WebIDL, see
 | |
|   // bug 825197.
 | |
|   if (IsInfinite(aValueAsNumber)) {
 | |
|     aRv.Throw(NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG);
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!DoesValueAsNumberApply()) {
 | |
|     aRv.Throw(NS_ERROR_DOM_INVALID_STATE_ERR);
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   SetValue(Decimal::fromDouble(aValueAsNumber));
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::SetValueAsNumber(double aValueAsNumber)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   ErrorResult rv;
 | |
|   SetValueAsNumber(aValueAsNumber, rv);
 | |
|   return rv.StealNSResult();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| Decimal
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetMinimum() const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(DoesValueAsNumberApply(),
 | |
|              "GetMinimum() should only be used for types that allow .valueAsNumber");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Only type=range has a default minimum
 | |
|   Decimal defaultMinimum =
 | |
|     mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RANGE ? Decimal(0) : Decimal::nan();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!HasAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::min)) {
 | |
|     return defaultMinimum;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsAutoString minStr;
 | |
|   GetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::min, minStr);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   Decimal min;
 | |
|   return ConvertStringToNumber(minStr, min) ? min : defaultMinimum;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| Decimal
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetMaximum() const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(DoesValueAsNumberApply(),
 | |
|              "GetMaximum() should only be used for types that allow .valueAsNumber");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Only type=range has a default maximum
 | |
|   Decimal defaultMaximum =
 | |
|     mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RANGE ? Decimal(100) : Decimal::nan();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!HasAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::max)) {
 | |
|     return defaultMaximum;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsAutoString maxStr;
 | |
|   GetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::max, maxStr);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   Decimal max;
 | |
|   return ConvertStringToNumber(maxStr, max) ? max : defaultMaximum;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| Decimal
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetStepBase() const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER ||
 | |
|              mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_DATE ||
 | |
|              mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_TIME ||
 | |
|              mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RANGE,
 | |
|              "Check that kDefaultStepBase is correct for this new type");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   Decimal stepBase;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Do NOT use GetMinimum here - the spec says to use "the min content
 | |
|   // attribute", not "the minimum".
 | |
|   nsAutoString minStr;
 | |
|   if (GetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::min, minStr) &&
 | |
|       ConvertStringToNumber(minStr, stepBase)) {
 | |
|     return stepBase;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // If @min is not a double, we should use @value.
 | |
|   nsAutoString valueStr;
 | |
|   if (GetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::value, valueStr) &&
 | |
|       ConvertStringToNumber(valueStr, stepBase)) {
 | |
|     return stepBase;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return kDefaultStepBase;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetValueIfStepped(int32_t aStep,
 | |
|                                     StepCallerType aCallerType,
 | |
|                                     Decimal* aNextStep)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (!DoStepDownStepUpApply()) {
 | |
|     return NS_ERROR_DOM_INVALID_STATE_ERR;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   Decimal stepBase = GetStepBase();
 | |
|   Decimal step = GetStep();
 | |
|   if (step == kStepAny) {
 | |
|     if (aCallerType != CALLED_FOR_USER_EVENT) {
 | |
|       return NS_ERROR_DOM_INVALID_STATE_ERR;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     // Allow the spin buttons and up/down arrow keys to do something sensible:
 | |
|     step = GetDefaultStep();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   Decimal minimum = GetMinimum();
 | |
|   Decimal maximum = GetMaximum();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!maximum.isNaN()) {
 | |
|     // "max - (max - stepBase) % step" is the nearest valid value to max.
 | |
|     maximum = maximum - NS_floorModulo(maximum - stepBase, step);
 | |
|     if (!minimum.isNaN()) {
 | |
|       if (minimum > maximum) {
 | |
|         // Either the minimum was greater than the maximum prior to our
 | |
|         // adjustment to align maximum on a step, or else (if we adjusted
 | |
|         // maximum) there is no valid step between minimum and the unadjusted
 | |
|         // maximum.
 | |
|         return NS_OK;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   Decimal value = GetValueAsDecimal();
 | |
|   bool valueWasNaN = false;
 | |
|   if (value.isNaN()) {
 | |
|     value = Decimal(0);
 | |
|     valueWasNaN = true;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   Decimal valueBeforeStepping = value;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   Decimal deltaFromStep = NS_floorModulo(value - stepBase, step);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (deltaFromStep != Decimal(0)) {
 | |
|     if (aStep > 0) {
 | |
|       value += step - deltaFromStep;      // partial step
 | |
|       value += step * Decimal(aStep - 1); // then remaining steps
 | |
|     } else if (aStep < 0) {
 | |
|       value -= deltaFromStep;             // partial step
 | |
|       value += step * Decimal(aStep + 1); // then remaining steps
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     value += step * Decimal(aStep);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // For date inputs, the value can hold a string that is not a day. We do not
 | |
|   // want to round it, as it might result in a step mismatch. Instead we want to
 | |
|   // clamp to the next valid value.
 | |
|   if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_DATE &&
 | |
|       NS_floorModulo(Decimal(value - GetStepBase()), GetStepScaleFactor()) != Decimal(0)) {
 | |
|     MOZ_ASSERT(GetStep() > Decimal(0));
 | |
|     Decimal validStep = EuclidLCM<Decimal>(GetStep().floor(),
 | |
|                                            GetStepScaleFactor().floor());
 | |
|     if (aStep > 0) {
 | |
|       value -= NS_floorModulo(value - GetStepBase(), validStep);
 | |
|       value += validStep;
 | |
|     } else if (aStep < 0) {
 | |
|       value -= NS_floorModulo(value - GetStepBase(), validStep);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (value < minimum) {
 | |
|     value = minimum;
 | |
|     deltaFromStep = NS_floorModulo(value - stepBase, step);
 | |
|     if (deltaFromStep != Decimal(0)) {
 | |
|       value += step - deltaFromStep;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (value > maximum) {
 | |
|     value = maximum;
 | |
|     deltaFromStep = NS_floorModulo(value - stepBase, step);
 | |
|     if (deltaFromStep != Decimal(0)) {
 | |
|       value -= deltaFromStep;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!valueWasNaN && // value="", resulting in us using "0"
 | |
|       ((aStep > 0 && value < valueBeforeStepping) ||
 | |
|        (aStep < 0 && value > valueBeforeStepping))) {
 | |
|     // We don't want step-up to effectively step down, or step-down to
 | |
|     // effectively step up, so return;
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   *aNextStep = value;
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::ApplyStep(int32_t aStep)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   Decimal nextStep = Decimal::nan(); // unchanged if value will not change
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsresult rv = GetValueIfStepped(aStep, CALLED_FOR_SCRIPT, &nextStep);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && nextStep.isFinite()) {
 | |
|     SetValue(nextStep);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return rv;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::StepDown(int32_t n, uint8_t optional_argc)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   return ApplyStep(optional_argc ? -n : -1);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::StepUp(int32_t n, uint8_t optional_argc)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   return ApplyStep(optional_argc ? n : 1);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::FlushFrames()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (GetComposedDoc()) {
 | |
|     GetComposedDoc()->FlushPendingNotifications(Flush_Frames);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::MozGetFileNameArray(nsTArray<nsString>& aArray,
 | |
|                                       ErrorResult& aRv)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   for (uint32_t i = 0; i < mFiles.Length(); i++) {
 | |
|     nsString str;
 | |
|     mFiles[i]->GetMozFullPathInternal(str, aRv);
 | |
|     if (NS_WARN_IF(aRv.Failed())) {
 | |
|       return;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     aArray.AppendElement(str);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::MozGetFileNameArray(uint32_t* aLength, char16_t*** aFileNames)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (!nsContentUtils::IsCallerChrome()) {
 | |
|     // Since this function returns full paths it's important that normal pages
 | |
|     // can't call it.
 | |
|     return NS_ERROR_DOM_SECURITY_ERR;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   ErrorResult rv;
 | |
|   nsTArray<nsString> array;
 | |
|   MozGetFileNameArray(array, rv);
 | |
|   if (NS_WARN_IF(rv.Failed())) {
 | |
|     return rv.StealNSResult();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   *aLength = array.Length();
 | |
|   char16_t** ret =
 | |
|     static_cast<char16_t**>(moz_xmalloc(*aLength * sizeof(char16_t*)));
 | |
|   if (!ret) {
 | |
|     return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   for (uint32_t i = 0; i < *aLength; ++i) {
 | |
|     ret[i] = NS_strdup(array[i].get());
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   *aFileNames = ret;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::MozSetFileArray(const Sequence<OwningNonNull<File>>& aFiles)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsIGlobalObject> global = OwnerDoc()->GetScopeObject();
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(global);
 | |
|   if (!global) {
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   nsTArray<nsRefPtr<File>> files;
 | |
|   for (uint32_t i = 0; i < aFiles.Length(); ++i) {
 | |
|     nsRefPtr<File> file = File::Create(global, aFiles[i].get()->Impl());
 | |
|     MOZ_ASSERT(file);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     files.AppendElement(file);
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   SetFiles(files, true);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::MozSetFileNameArray(const Sequence< nsString >& aFileNames, ErrorResult& aRv)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (XRE_IsContentProcess()) {
 | |
|     aRv.Throw(NS_ERROR_DOM_NOT_SUPPORTED_ERR);
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsTArray<nsRefPtr<File>> files;
 | |
|   for (uint32_t i = 0; i < aFileNames.Length(); ++i) {
 | |
|     nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> file;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (StringBeginsWith(aFileNames[i], NS_LITERAL_STRING("file:"),
 | |
|                          nsASCIICaseInsensitiveStringComparator())) {
 | |
|       // Converts the URL string into the corresponding nsIFile if possible
 | |
|       // A local file will be created if the URL string begins with file://
 | |
|       NS_GetFileFromURLSpec(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(aFileNames[i]),
 | |
|                             getter_AddRefs(file));
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (!file) {
 | |
|       // this is no "file://", try as local file
 | |
|       NS_NewLocalFile(aFileNames[i], false, getter_AddRefs(file));
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (file) {
 | |
|       nsCOMPtr<nsIGlobalObject> global = OwnerDoc()->GetScopeObject();
 | |
|       nsRefPtr<File> domFile = File::CreateFromFile(global, file);
 | |
|       files.AppendElement(domFile);
 | |
|     } else {
 | |
|       continue; // Not much we can do if the file doesn't exist
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   SetFiles(files, true);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::MozSetFileNameArray(const char16_t** aFileNames, uint32_t aLength)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (!nsContentUtils::IsCallerChrome()) {
 | |
|     // setting the value of a "FILE" input widget requires chrome privilege
 | |
|     return NS_ERROR_DOM_SECURITY_ERR;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   Sequence<nsString> list;
 | |
|   for (uint32_t i = 0; i < aLength; ++i) {
 | |
|     if (!list.AppendElement(nsDependentString(aFileNames[i]), fallible)) {
 | |
|       return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   ErrorResult rv;
 | |
|   MozSetFileNameArray(list, rv);
 | |
|   return rv.StealNSResult();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::MozIsTextField(bool aExcludePassword)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   // TODO: temporary until bug 773205 is fixed.
 | |
|   if (IsExperimentalMobileType(mType)) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return IsSingleLineTextControl(aExcludePassword);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| HTMLInputElement*
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetOwnerNumberControl()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (IsInNativeAnonymousSubtree() &&
 | |
|       mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_TEXT &&
 | |
|       GetParent() && GetParent()->GetParent()) {
 | |
|     HTMLInputElement* grandparent =
 | |
|       HTMLInputElement::FromContentOrNull(GetParent()->GetParent());
 | |
|     if (grandparent && grandparent->mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER) {
 | |
|       return grandparent;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return nullptr;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::MozIsTextField(bool aExcludePassword, bool* aResult)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   *aResult = MozIsTextField(aExcludePassword);
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::SetUserInput(const nsAString& aValue)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (!nsContentUtils::IsCallerChrome()) {
 | |
|     return NS_ERROR_DOM_SECURITY_ERR;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_FILE)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|     Sequence<nsString> list;
 | |
|     if (!list.AppendElement(aValue, fallible)) {
 | |
|       return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     ErrorResult rv;
 | |
|     MozSetFileNameArray(list, rv);
 | |
|     return rv.StealNSResult();
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     nsresult rv =
 | |
|       SetValueInternal(aValue, nsTextEditorState::eSetValue_BySetUserInput |
 | |
|                                nsTextEditorState::eSetValue_Notify);
 | |
|     NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsContentUtils::DispatchTrustedEvent(OwnerDoc(),
 | |
|                                        static_cast<nsIDOMHTMLInputElement*>(this),
 | |
|                                        NS_LITERAL_STRING("input"), true,
 | |
|                                        true);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // If this element is not currently focused, it won't receive a change event for this
 | |
|   // update through the normal channels. So fire a change event immediately, instead.
 | |
|   if (!ShouldBlur(this)) {
 | |
|     FireChangeEventIfNeeded();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsIEditor*
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetEditor()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsTextEditorState* state = GetEditorState();
 | |
|   if (state) {
 | |
|     return state->GetEditor();
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return nullptr;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP_(nsIEditor*)
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetTextEditor()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   return GetEditor();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP_(nsISelectionController*)
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetSelectionController()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsTextEditorState* state = GetEditorState();
 | |
|   if (state) {
 | |
|     return state->GetSelectionController();
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return nullptr;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsFrameSelection*
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetConstFrameSelection()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsTextEditorState* state = GetEditorState();
 | |
|   if (state) {
 | |
|     return state->GetConstFrameSelection();
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return nullptr;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::BindToFrame(nsTextControlFrame* aFrame)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsTextEditorState* state = GetEditorState();
 | |
|   if (state) {
 | |
|     return state->BindToFrame(aFrame);
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP_(void)
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::UnbindFromFrame(nsTextControlFrame* aFrame)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsTextEditorState* state = GetEditorState();
 | |
|   if (state && aFrame) {
 | |
|     state->UnbindFromFrame(aFrame);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::CreateEditor()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsTextEditorState* state = GetEditorState();
 | |
|   if (state) {
 | |
|     return state->PrepareEditor();
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP_(nsIContent*)
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetRootEditorNode()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsTextEditorState* state = GetEditorState();
 | |
|   if (state) {
 | |
|     return state->GetRootNode();
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return nullptr;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP_(Element*)
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::CreatePlaceholderNode()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsTextEditorState* state = GetEditorState();
 | |
|   if (state) {
 | |
|     NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(state->CreatePlaceholderNode(), nullptr);
 | |
|     return state->GetPlaceholderNode();
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return nullptr;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP_(Element*)
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetPlaceholderNode()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsTextEditorState* state = GetEditorState();
 | |
|   if (state) {
 | |
|     return state->GetPlaceholderNode();
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return nullptr;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP_(void)
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::UpdatePlaceholderVisibility(bool aNotify)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsTextEditorState* state = GetEditorState();
 | |
|   if (state) {
 | |
|     state->UpdatePlaceholderVisibility(aNotify);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP_(bool)
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetPlaceholderVisibility()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsTextEditorState* state = GetEditorState();
 | |
|   if (!state) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return state->GetPlaceholderVisibility();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetDisplayFileName(nsAString& aValue) const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (OwnerDoc()->IsStaticDocument()) {
 | |
|     aValue = mStaticDocFileList;
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (mFiles.Length() == 1) {
 | |
|     mFiles[0]->GetName(aValue);
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsXPIDLString value;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (mFiles.IsEmpty()) {
 | |
|     if (HasAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::multiple)) {
 | |
|       nsContentUtils::GetLocalizedString(nsContentUtils::eFORMS_PROPERTIES,
 | |
|                                          "NoFilesSelected", value);
 | |
|     } else {
 | |
|       nsContentUtils::GetLocalizedString(nsContentUtils::eFORMS_PROPERTIES,
 | |
|                                          "NoFileSelected", value);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     nsString count;
 | |
|     count.AppendInt(int(mFiles.Length()));
 | |
| 
 | |
|     const char16_t* params[] = { count.get() };
 | |
|     nsContentUtils::FormatLocalizedString(nsContentUtils::eFORMS_PROPERTIES,
 | |
|                                           "XFilesSelected", params, value);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   aValue = value;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::SetFiles(const nsTArray<nsRefPtr<File>>& aFiles,
 | |
|                            bool aSetValueChanged)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   mFiles.Clear();
 | |
|   mFiles.AppendElements(aFiles);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   AfterSetFiles(aSetValueChanged);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::SetFiles(nsIDOMFileList* aFiles,
 | |
|                            bool aSetValueChanged)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsRefPtr<FileList> files = static_cast<FileList*>(aFiles);
 | |
|   mFiles.Clear();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aFiles) {
 | |
|     uint32_t listLength;
 | |
|     aFiles->GetLength(&listLength);
 | |
|     for (uint32_t i = 0; i < listLength; i++) {
 | |
|       nsRefPtr<File> file = files->Item(i);
 | |
|       mFiles.AppendElement(file);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   AfterSetFiles(aSetValueChanged);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::AfterSetFiles(bool aSetValueChanged)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   // No need to flush here, if there's no frame at this point we
 | |
|   // don't need to force creation of one just to tell it about this
 | |
|   // new value.  We just want the display to update as needed.
 | |
|   nsIFormControlFrame* formControlFrame = GetFormControlFrame(false);
 | |
|   if (formControlFrame) {
 | |
|     nsAutoString readableValue;
 | |
|     GetDisplayFileName(readableValue);
 | |
|     formControlFrame->SetFormProperty(nsGkAtoms::value, readableValue);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifndef MOZ_CHILD_PERMISSIONS
 | |
|   // Grab the full path here for any chrome callers who access our .value via a
 | |
|   // CPOW. This path won't be called from a CPOW meaning the potential sync IPC
 | |
|   // call under GetMozFullPath won't be rejected for not being urgent.
 | |
|   // XXX Protected by the ifndef because the blob code doesn't allow us to send
 | |
|   // this message in b2g.
 | |
|   if (mFiles.IsEmpty()) {
 | |
|     mFirstFilePath.Truncate();
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     ErrorResult rv;
 | |
|     mFiles[0]->GetMozFullPath(mFirstFilePath, rv);
 | |
|     if (NS_WARN_IF(rv.Failed())) {
 | |
|       rv.SuppressException();
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|   UpdateFileList();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aSetValueChanged) {
 | |
|     SetValueChanged(true);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   UpdateAllValidityStates(true);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::FireChangeEventIfNeeded()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsAutoString value;
 | |
|   GetValue(value);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!MayFireChangeOnBlur() || mFocusedValue.Equals(value)) {
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Dispatch the change event.
 | |
|   mFocusedValue = value;
 | |
|   nsContentUtils::DispatchTrustedEvent(OwnerDoc(),
 | |
|                                        static_cast<nsIContent*>(this),
 | |
|                                        NS_LITERAL_STRING("change"), true,
 | |
|                                        false);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| FileList*
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetFiles()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (mType != NS_FORM_INPUT_FILE) {
 | |
|     return nullptr;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!mFileList) {
 | |
|     mFileList = new FileList(static_cast<nsIContent*>(this));
 | |
|     UpdateFileList();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return mFileList;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* static */ void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::HandleNumberControlSpin(void* aData)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   HTMLInputElement* input = static_cast<HTMLInputElement*>(aData);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(input->mNumberControlSpinnerIsSpinning,
 | |
|                "Should have called nsRepeatService::Stop()");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsNumberControlFrame* numberControlFrame =
 | |
|     do_QueryFrame(input->GetPrimaryFrame());
 | |
|   if (input->mType != NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER || !numberControlFrame) {
 | |
|     // Type has changed (and possibly our frame type hasn't been updated yet)
 | |
|     // or else we've lost our frame. Either way, stop the timer and don't do
 | |
|     // anything else.
 | |
|     input->StopNumberControlSpinnerSpin();
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     input->StepNumberControlForUserEvent(input->mNumberControlSpinnerSpinsUp ? 1 : -1);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::UpdateFileList()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (mFileList) {
 | |
|     mFileList->Clear();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     const nsTArray<nsRefPtr<File>>& files = GetFilesInternal();
 | |
|     for (uint32_t i = 0; i < files.Length(); ++i) {
 | |
|       if (!mFileList->Append(files[i])) {
 | |
|         return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::SetValueInternal(const nsAString& aValue, uint32_t aFlags)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   NS_PRECONDITION(GetValueMode() != VALUE_MODE_FILENAME,
 | |
|                   "Don't call SetValueInternal for file inputs");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   switch (GetValueMode()) {
 | |
|     case VALUE_MODE_VALUE:
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       // At the moment, only single line text control have to sanitize their value
 | |
|       // Because we have to create a new string for that, we should prevent doing
 | |
|       // it if it's useless.
 | |
|       nsAutoString value(aValue);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (!mParserCreating) {
 | |
|         SanitizeValue(value);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       // else DoneCreatingElement calls us again once mParserCreating is false
 | |
| 
 | |
|       bool setValueChanged = !!(aFlags & nsTextEditorState::eSetValue_Notify);
 | |
|       if (setValueChanged) {
 | |
|         SetValueChanged(true);
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (IsSingleLineTextControl(false)) {
 | |
|         if (!mInputData.mState->SetValue(value, aFlags)) {
 | |
|           return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|         if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_EMAIL) {
 | |
|           UpdateAllValidityStates(mParserCreating);
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       } else {
 | |
|         free(mInputData.mValue);
 | |
|         mInputData.mValue = ToNewUnicode(value);
 | |
|         if (setValueChanged) {
 | |
|           SetValueChanged(true);
 | |
|         }
 | |
|         if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER) {
 | |
|           // This has to happen before OnValueChanged is called because that
 | |
|           // method needs the new value of our frame's anon text control.
 | |
|           nsNumberControlFrame* numberControlFrame =
 | |
|             do_QueryFrame(GetPrimaryFrame());
 | |
|           if (numberControlFrame) {
 | |
|             numberControlFrame->SetValueOfAnonTextControl(value);
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         } else if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RANGE) {
 | |
|           nsRangeFrame* frame = do_QueryFrame(GetPrimaryFrame());
 | |
|           if (frame) {
 | |
|             frame->UpdateForValueChange();
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         }
 | |
|         if (!mParserCreating) {
 | |
|           OnValueChanged(true);
 | |
|         }
 | |
|         // else DoneCreatingElement calls us again once mParserCreating is false
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_COLOR) {
 | |
|         // Update color frame, to reflect color changes
 | |
|         nsColorControlFrame* colorControlFrame = do_QueryFrame(GetPrimaryFrame());
 | |
|         if (colorControlFrame) {
 | |
|           colorControlFrame->UpdateColor();
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       return NS_OK;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case VALUE_MODE_DEFAULT:
 | |
|     case VALUE_MODE_DEFAULT_ON:
 | |
|       // If the value of a hidden input was changed, we mark it changed so that we
 | |
|       // will know we need to save / restore the value.  Yes, we are overloading
 | |
|       // the meaning of ValueChanged just a teensy bit to save a measly byte of
 | |
|       // storage space in HTMLInputElement.  Yes, you are free to make a new flag,
 | |
|       // NEED_TO_SAVE_VALUE, at such time as mBitField becomes a 16-bit value.
 | |
|       if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_HIDDEN) {
 | |
|         SetValueChanged(true);
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       // Treat value == defaultValue for other input elements.
 | |
|       return nsGenericHTMLFormElementWithState::SetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None,
 | |
|                                                         nsGkAtoms::value, aValue,
 | |
|                                                         true);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case VALUE_MODE_FILENAME:
 | |
|       return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // This return statement is required for some compilers.
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::SetValueChanged(bool aValueChanged)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   bool valueChangedBefore = mValueChanged;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   mValueChanged = aValueChanged;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (valueChangedBefore != aValueChanged) {
 | |
|     UpdateState(true);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetChecked(bool* aChecked)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   *aChecked = Checked();
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::SetCheckedChanged(bool aCheckedChanged)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   DoSetCheckedChanged(aCheckedChanged, true);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::DoSetCheckedChanged(bool aCheckedChanged,
 | |
|                                       bool aNotify)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RADIO) {
 | |
|     if (mCheckedChanged != aCheckedChanged) {
 | |
|       nsCOMPtr<nsIRadioVisitor> visitor =
 | |
|         new nsRadioSetCheckedChangedVisitor(aCheckedChanged);
 | |
|       VisitGroup(visitor, aNotify);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     SetCheckedChangedInternal(aCheckedChanged);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::SetCheckedChangedInternal(bool aCheckedChanged)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   bool checkedChangedBefore = mCheckedChanged;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   mCheckedChanged = aCheckedChanged;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // This method can't be called when we are not authorized to notify
 | |
|   // so we do not need a aNotify parameter.
 | |
|   if (checkedChangedBefore != aCheckedChanged) {
 | |
|     UpdateState(true);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::SetChecked(bool aChecked)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   DoSetChecked(aChecked, true, true);
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::DoSetChecked(bool aChecked, bool aNotify,
 | |
|                                bool aSetValueChanged)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   // If the user or JS attempts to set checked, whether it actually changes the
 | |
|   // value or not, we say the value was changed so that defaultValue don't
 | |
|   // affect it no more.
 | |
|   if (aSetValueChanged) {
 | |
|     DoSetCheckedChanged(true, aNotify);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Don't do anything if we're not changing whether it's checked (it would
 | |
|   // screw up state actually, especially when you are setting radio button to
 | |
|   // false)
 | |
|   if (mChecked == aChecked) {
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Set checked
 | |
|   if (mType != NS_FORM_INPUT_RADIO) {
 | |
|     SetCheckedInternal(aChecked, aNotify);
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // For radio button, we need to do some extra fun stuff
 | |
|   if (aChecked) {
 | |
|     RadioSetChecked(aNotify);
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsIRadioGroupContainer* container = GetRadioGroupContainer();
 | |
|   if (container) {
 | |
|     nsAutoString name;
 | |
|     GetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::name, name);
 | |
|     container->SetCurrentRadioButton(name, nullptr);
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   // SetCheckedInternal is going to ask all radios to update their
 | |
|   // validity state. We have to be sure the radio group container knows
 | |
|   // the currently selected radio.
 | |
|   SetCheckedInternal(false, aNotify);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::RadioSetChecked(bool aNotify)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   // Find the selected radio button so we can deselect it
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMHTMLInputElement> currentlySelected = GetSelectedRadioButton();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Deselect the currently selected radio button
 | |
|   if (currentlySelected) {
 | |
|     // Pass true for the aNotify parameter since the currently selected
 | |
|     // button is already in the document.
 | |
|     static_cast<HTMLInputElement*>(currentlySelected.get())
 | |
|       ->SetCheckedInternal(false, true);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Let the group know that we are now the One True Radio Button
 | |
|   nsIRadioGroupContainer* container = GetRadioGroupContainer();
 | |
|   if (container) {
 | |
|     nsAutoString name;
 | |
|     GetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::name, name);
 | |
|     container->SetCurrentRadioButton(name, this);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // SetCheckedInternal is going to ask all radios to update their
 | |
|   // validity state.
 | |
|   SetCheckedInternal(true, aNotify);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsIRadioGroupContainer*
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetRadioGroupContainer() const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RADIO,
 | |
|                "GetRadioGroupContainer should only be called when type='radio'");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsAutoString name;
 | |
|   GetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::name, name);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (name.IsEmpty()) {
 | |
|     return nullptr;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (mForm) {
 | |
|     return mForm;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   //XXXsmaug It isn't clear how this should work in Shadow DOM.
 | |
|   return static_cast<nsDocument*>(GetUncomposedDoc());
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| already_AddRefed<nsIDOMHTMLInputElement>
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetSelectedRadioButton()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsIRadioGroupContainer* container = GetRadioGroupContainer();
 | |
|   if (!container) {
 | |
|     return nullptr;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsAutoString name;
 | |
|   GetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::name, name);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMHTMLInputElement> selected = container->GetCurrentRadioButton(name);
 | |
|   return selected.forget();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::MaybeSubmitForm(nsPresContext* aPresContext)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (!mForm) {
 | |
|     // Nothing to do here.
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsIPresShell> shell = aPresContext->GetPresShell();
 | |
|   if (!shell) {
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Get the default submit element
 | |
|   nsIFormControl* submitControl = mForm->GetDefaultSubmitElement();
 | |
|   if (submitControl) {
 | |
|     nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> submitContent = do_QueryInterface(submitControl);
 | |
|     NS_ASSERTION(submitContent, "Form control not implementing nsIContent?!");
 | |
|     // Fire the button's onclick handler and let the button handle
 | |
|     // submitting the form.
 | |
|     WidgetMouseEvent event(true, eMouseClick, nullptr, WidgetMouseEvent::eReal);
 | |
|     nsEventStatus status = nsEventStatus_eIgnore;
 | |
|     shell->HandleDOMEventWithTarget(submitContent, &event, &status);
 | |
|   } else if (!mForm->ImplicitSubmissionIsDisabled() &&
 | |
|              (mForm->HasAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::novalidate) ||
 | |
|               mForm->CheckValidFormSubmission())) {
 | |
|     // TODO: removing this code and have the submit event sent by the form,
 | |
|     // bug 592124.
 | |
|     // If there's only one text control, just submit the form
 | |
|     // Hold strong ref across the event
 | |
|     nsRefPtr<mozilla::dom::HTMLFormElement> form = mForm;
 | |
|     InternalFormEvent event(true, NS_FORM_SUBMIT);
 | |
|     nsEventStatus status = nsEventStatus_eIgnore;
 | |
|     shell->HandleDOMEventWithTarget(mForm, &event, &status);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::SetCheckedInternal(bool aChecked, bool aNotify)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   // Set the value
 | |
|   mChecked = aChecked;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Notify the frame
 | |
|   if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_CHECKBOX || mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RADIO) {
 | |
|     nsIFrame* frame = GetPrimaryFrame();
 | |
|     if (frame) {
 | |
|       frame->InvalidateFrameSubtree();
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   UpdateAllValidityStates(aNotify);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Notify the document that the CSS :checked pseudoclass for this element
 | |
|   // has changed state.
 | |
|   UpdateState(aNotify);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::Blur(ErrorResult& aError)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER) {
 | |
|     // Blur our anonymous text control, if we have one. (DOM 'change' event
 | |
|     // firing and other things depend on this.)
 | |
|     nsNumberControlFrame* numberControlFrame =
 | |
|       do_QueryFrame(GetPrimaryFrame());
 | |
|     if (numberControlFrame) {
 | |
|       HTMLInputElement* textControl = numberControlFrame->GetAnonTextControl();
 | |
|       if (textControl) {
 | |
|         textControl->Blur(aError);
 | |
|         return;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   nsGenericHTMLElement::Blur(aError);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::Focus(ErrorResult& aError)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER) {
 | |
|     // Focus our anonymous text control, if we have one.
 | |
|     nsNumberControlFrame* numberControlFrame =
 | |
|       do_QueryFrame(GetPrimaryFrame());
 | |
|     if (numberControlFrame) {
 | |
|       HTMLInputElement* textControl = numberControlFrame->GetAnonTextControl();
 | |
|       if (textControl) {
 | |
|         textControl->Focus(aError);
 | |
|         return;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (mType != NS_FORM_INPUT_FILE) {
 | |
|     nsGenericHTMLElement::Focus(aError);
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // For file inputs, focus the first button instead. In the case of there
 | |
|   // being two buttons (when the picker is a directory picker) the user can
 | |
|   // tab to the next one.
 | |
|   nsIFrame* frame = GetPrimaryFrame();
 | |
|   if (frame) {
 | |
|     for (nsIFrame* childFrame = frame->GetFirstPrincipalChild();
 | |
|          childFrame;
 | |
|          childFrame = childFrame->GetNextSibling()) {
 | |
|       // See if the child is a button control.
 | |
|       nsCOMPtr<nsIFormControl> formCtrl =
 | |
|         do_QueryInterface(childFrame->GetContent());
 | |
|       if (formCtrl && formCtrl->GetType() == NS_FORM_BUTTON_BUTTON) {
 | |
|         nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMElement> element = do_QueryInterface(formCtrl);
 | |
|         nsIFocusManager* fm = nsFocusManager::GetFocusManager();
 | |
|         if (fm && element) {
 | |
|           fm->SetFocus(element, 0);
 | |
|         }
 | |
|         break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::IsInteractiveHTMLContent(bool aIgnoreTabindex) const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   return mType != NS_FORM_INPUT_HIDDEN ||
 | |
|          nsGenericHTMLFormElementWithState::IsInteractiveHTMLContent(aIgnoreTabindex);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::Select()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER) {
 | |
|     nsNumberControlFrame* numberControlFrame =
 | |
|       do_QueryFrame(GetPrimaryFrame());
 | |
|     if (numberControlFrame) {
 | |
|       return numberControlFrame->HandleSelectCall();
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!IsSingleLineTextControl(false)) {
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // XXX Bug?  We have to give the input focus before contents can be
 | |
|   // selected
 | |
| 
 | |
|   FocusTristate state = FocusState();
 | |
|   if (state == eUnfocusable) {
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsTextEditorState* tes = GetEditorState();
 | |
|   if (tes) {
 | |
|     nsFrameSelection* fs = tes->GetConstFrameSelection();
 | |
|     if (fs && fs->MouseDownRecorded()) {
 | |
|       // This means that we're being called while the frame selection has a mouse
 | |
|       // down event recorded to adjust the caret during the mouse up event.
 | |
|       // We are probably called from the focus event handler.  We should override
 | |
|       // the delayed caret data in this case to ensure that this select() call
 | |
|       // takes effect.
 | |
|       fs->SetDelayedCaretData(nullptr);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsIFocusManager* fm = nsFocusManager::GetFocusManager();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsRefPtr<nsPresContext> presContext = GetPresContext(eForComposedDoc);
 | |
|   if (state == eInactiveWindow) {
 | |
|     if (fm)
 | |
|       fm->SetFocus(this, nsIFocusManager::FLAG_NOSCROLL);
 | |
|     SelectAll(presContext);
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (DispatchSelectEvent(presContext) && fm) {
 | |
|     fm->SetFocus(this, nsIFocusManager::FLAG_NOSCROLL);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // ensure that the element is actually focused
 | |
|     nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMElement> focusedElement;
 | |
|     fm->GetFocusedElement(getter_AddRefs(focusedElement));
 | |
|     if (SameCOMIdentity(static_cast<nsIDOMNode*>(this), focusedElement)) {
 | |
|       // Now Select all the text!
 | |
|       SelectAll(presContext);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::DispatchSelectEvent(nsPresContext* aPresContext)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsEventStatus status = nsEventStatus_eIgnore;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // If already handling select event, don't dispatch a second.
 | |
|   if (!mHandlingSelectEvent) {
 | |
|     WidgetEvent event(nsContentUtils::IsCallerChrome(), NS_FORM_SELECTED);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     mHandlingSelectEvent = true;
 | |
|     EventDispatcher::Dispatch(static_cast<nsIContent*>(this),
 | |
|                               aPresContext, &event, nullptr, &status);
 | |
|     mHandlingSelectEvent = false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // If the DOM event was not canceled (e.g. by a JS event handler
 | |
|   // returning false)
 | |
|   return (status == nsEventStatus_eIgnore);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::SelectAll(nsPresContext* aPresContext)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsIFormControlFrame* formControlFrame = GetFormControlFrame(true);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (formControlFrame) {
 | |
|     formControlFrame->SetFormProperty(nsGkAtoms::select, EmptyString());
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::NeedToInitializeEditorForEvent(
 | |
|                     EventChainPreVisitor& aVisitor) const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   // We only need to initialize the editor for single line input controls because they
 | |
|   // are lazily initialized.  We don't need to initialize the control for
 | |
|   // certain types of events, because we know that those events are safe to be
 | |
|   // handled without the editor being initialized.  These events include:
 | |
|   // mousein/move/out, overflow/underflow, and DOM mutation events.
 | |
|   if (!IsSingleLineTextControl(false) ||
 | |
|       aVisitor.mEvent->mClass == eMutationEventClass) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   switch (aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage) {
 | |
|   case eMouseMove:
 | |
|   case eMouseEnterIntoWidget:
 | |
|   case eMouseExitFromWidget:
 | |
|   case NS_MOUSE_OVER:
 | |
|   case NS_MOUSE_OUT:
 | |
|   case NS_SCROLLPORT_UNDERFLOW:
 | |
|   case NS_SCROLLPORT_OVERFLOW:
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   default:
 | |
|     return true;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::IsDisabledForEvents(EventMessage aMessage)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   return IsElementDisabledForEvents(aMessage, GetPrimaryFrame());
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::PreHandleEvent(EventChainPreVisitor& aVisitor)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   // Do not process any DOM events if the element is disabled
 | |
|   aVisitor.mCanHandle = false;
 | |
|   if (IsDisabledForEvents(aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage)) {
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Initialize the editor if needed.
 | |
|   if (NeedToInitializeEditorForEvent(aVisitor)) {
 | |
|     nsITextControlFrame* textControlFrame = do_QueryFrame(GetPrimaryFrame());
 | |
|     if (textControlFrame)
 | |
|       textControlFrame->EnsureEditorInitialized();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   //FIXME Allow submission etc. also when there is no prescontext, Bug 329509.
 | |
|   if (!aVisitor.mPresContext) {
 | |
|     return nsGenericHTMLElement::PreHandleEvent(aVisitor);
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   //
 | |
|   // Web pages expect the value of a radio button or checkbox to be set
 | |
|   // *before* onclick and DOMActivate fire, and they expect that if they set
 | |
|   // the value explicitly during onclick or DOMActivate it will not be toggled
 | |
|   // or any such nonsense.
 | |
|   // In order to support that (bug 57137 and 58460 are examples) we toggle
 | |
|   // the checked attribute *first*, and then fire onclick.  If the user
 | |
|   // returns false, we reset the control to the old checked value.  Otherwise,
 | |
|   // we dispatch DOMActivate.  If DOMActivate is cancelled, we also reset
 | |
|   // the control to the old checked value.  We need to keep track of whether
 | |
|   // we've already toggled the state from onclick since the user could
 | |
|   // explicitly dispatch DOMActivate on the element.
 | |
|   //
 | |
|   // This is a compatibility hack.
 | |
|   //
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Track whether we're in the outermost Dispatch invocation that will
 | |
|   // cause activation of the input.  That is, if we're a click event, or a
 | |
|   // DOMActivate that was dispatched directly, this will be set, but if we're
 | |
|   // a DOMActivate dispatched from click handling, it will not be set.
 | |
|   WidgetMouseEvent* mouseEvent = aVisitor.mEvent->AsMouseEvent();
 | |
|   bool outerActivateEvent =
 | |
|     ((mouseEvent && mouseEvent->IsLeftClickEvent()) ||
 | |
|      (aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage == NS_UI_ACTIVATE && !mInInternalActivate));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (outerActivateEvent) {
 | |
|     aVisitor.mItemFlags |= NS_OUTER_ACTIVATE_EVENT;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   bool originalCheckedValue = false;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (outerActivateEvent) {
 | |
|     mCheckedIsToggled = false;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     switch(mType) {
 | |
|       case NS_FORM_INPUT_CHECKBOX:
 | |
|         {
 | |
|           if (mIndeterminate) {
 | |
|             // indeterminate is always set to FALSE when the checkbox is toggled
 | |
|             SetIndeterminateInternal(false, false);
 | |
|             aVisitor.mItemFlags |= NS_ORIGINAL_INDETERMINATE_VALUE;
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|           GetChecked(&originalCheckedValue);
 | |
|           DoSetChecked(!originalCheckedValue, true, true);
 | |
|           mCheckedIsToggled = true;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|         break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       case NS_FORM_INPUT_RADIO:
 | |
|         {
 | |
|           nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMHTMLInputElement> selectedRadioButton = GetSelectedRadioButton();
 | |
|           aVisitor.mItemData = selectedRadioButton;
 | |
| 
 | |
|           originalCheckedValue = mChecked;
 | |
|           if (!originalCheckedValue) {
 | |
|             DoSetChecked(true, true, true);
 | |
|             mCheckedIsToggled = true;
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         }
 | |
|         break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       case NS_FORM_INPUT_SUBMIT:
 | |
|       case NS_FORM_INPUT_IMAGE:
 | |
|         if (mForm) {
 | |
|           // tell the form that we are about to enter a click handler.
 | |
|           // that means that if there are scripted submissions, the
 | |
|           // latest one will be deferred until after the exit point of the handler.
 | |
|           mForm->OnSubmitClickBegin(this);
 | |
|         }
 | |
|         break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       default:
 | |
|         break;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (originalCheckedValue) {
 | |
|     aVisitor.mItemFlags |= NS_ORIGINAL_CHECKED_VALUE;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // If mNoContentDispatch is true we will not allow content to handle
 | |
|   // this event.  But to allow middle mouse button paste to work we must allow
 | |
|   // middle clicks to go to text fields anyway.
 | |
|   if (aVisitor.mEvent->mFlags.mNoContentDispatch) {
 | |
|     aVisitor.mItemFlags |= NS_NO_CONTENT_DISPATCH;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (IsSingleLineTextControl(false) &&
 | |
|       aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage == eMouseClick &&
 | |
|       aVisitor.mEvent->AsMouseEvent()->button ==
 | |
|         WidgetMouseEvent::eMiddleButton) {
 | |
|     aVisitor.mEvent->mFlags.mNoContentDispatch = false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // We must cache type because mType may change during JS event (bug 2369)
 | |
|   aVisitor.mItemFlags |= mType;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Fire onchange (if necessary), before we do the blur, bug 357684.
 | |
|   if (aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage == NS_BLUR_CONTENT) {
 | |
|     // Experimental mobile types rely on the system UI to prevent users to not
 | |
|     // set invalid values but we have to be extra-careful. Especially if the
 | |
|     // option has been enabled on desktop.
 | |
|     if (IsExperimentalMobileType(mType)) {
 | |
|       nsAutoString aValue;
 | |
|       GetValueInternal(aValue);
 | |
|       nsresult rv =
 | |
|         SetValueInternal(aValue, nsTextEditorState::eSetValue_Internal);
 | |
|       NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     FireChangeEventIfNeeded();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RANGE &&
 | |
|       (aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage == NS_FOCUS_CONTENT ||
 | |
|        aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage == NS_BLUR_CONTENT)) {
 | |
|     // Just as nsGenericHTMLFormElementWithState::PreHandleEvent calls
 | |
|     // nsIFormControlFrame::SetFocus, we handle focus here.
 | |
|     nsIFrame* frame = GetPrimaryFrame();
 | |
|     if (frame) {
 | |
|       frame->InvalidateFrameSubtree();
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER &&
 | |
|       aVisitor.mEvent->mFlags.mIsTrusted) {
 | |
|     if (mNumberControlSpinnerIsSpinning) {
 | |
|       // If the timer is running the user has depressed the mouse on one of the
 | |
|       // spin buttons. If the mouse exits the button we either want to reverse
 | |
|       // the direction of spin if it has moved over the other button, or else
 | |
|       // we want to end the spin. We do this here (rather than in
 | |
|       // PostHandleEvent) because we don't want to let content preventDefault()
 | |
|       // the end of the spin.
 | |
|       if (aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage == eMouseMove) {
 | |
|         // Be aggressive about stopping the spin:
 | |
|         bool stopSpin = true;
 | |
|         nsNumberControlFrame* numberControlFrame =
 | |
|           do_QueryFrame(GetPrimaryFrame());
 | |
|         if (numberControlFrame) {
 | |
|           bool oldNumberControlSpinTimerSpinsUpValue =
 | |
|                  mNumberControlSpinnerSpinsUp;
 | |
|           switch (numberControlFrame->GetSpinButtonForPointerEvent(
 | |
|                     aVisitor.mEvent->AsMouseEvent())) {
 | |
|           case nsNumberControlFrame::eSpinButtonUp:
 | |
|             mNumberControlSpinnerSpinsUp = true;
 | |
|             stopSpin = false;
 | |
|             break;
 | |
|           case nsNumberControlFrame::eSpinButtonDown:
 | |
|             mNumberControlSpinnerSpinsUp = false;
 | |
|             stopSpin = false;
 | |
|             break;
 | |
|           }
 | |
|           if (mNumberControlSpinnerSpinsUp !=
 | |
|                 oldNumberControlSpinTimerSpinsUpValue) {
 | |
|             nsNumberControlFrame* numberControlFrame =
 | |
|               do_QueryFrame(GetPrimaryFrame());
 | |
|             if (numberControlFrame) {
 | |
|               numberControlFrame->SpinnerStateChanged();
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         }
 | |
|         if (stopSpin) {
 | |
|           StopNumberControlSpinnerSpin();
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       } else if (aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage == eMouseUp) {
 | |
|         StopNumberControlSpinnerSpin();
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     if (aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage == NS_FOCUS_CONTENT ||
 | |
|         aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage == NS_BLUR_CONTENT) {
 | |
|       if (aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage == NS_FOCUS_CONTENT) {
 | |
|         // Tell our frame it's getting focus so that it can make sure focus
 | |
|         // is moved to our anonymous text control.
 | |
|         nsNumberControlFrame* numberControlFrame =
 | |
|           do_QueryFrame(GetPrimaryFrame());
 | |
|         if (numberControlFrame) {
 | |
|           // This could kill the frame!
 | |
|           numberControlFrame->HandleFocusEvent(aVisitor.mEvent);
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       nsIFrame* frame = GetPrimaryFrame();
 | |
|       if (frame && frame->IsThemed()) {
 | |
|         // Our frame's nested <input type=text> will be invalidated when it
 | |
|         // loses focus, but since we are also native themed we need to make
 | |
|         // sure that our entire area is repainted since any focus highlight
 | |
|         // from the theme should be removed from us (the repainting of the
 | |
|         // sub-area occupied by the anon text control is not enough to do
 | |
|         // that).
 | |
|         frame->InvalidateFrame();
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     } else if (aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage == eKeyUp) {
 | |
|       WidgetKeyboardEvent* keyEvent = aVisitor.mEvent->AsKeyboardEvent();
 | |
|       if ((keyEvent->keyCode == NS_VK_UP || keyEvent->keyCode == NS_VK_DOWN) &&
 | |
|           !(keyEvent->IsShift() || keyEvent->IsControl() ||
 | |
|             keyEvent->IsAlt() || keyEvent->IsMeta() ||
 | |
|             keyEvent->IsAltGraph() || keyEvent->IsFn() ||
 | |
|             keyEvent->IsOS())) {
 | |
|         // The up/down arrow key events fire 'change' events when released
 | |
|         // so that at the end of a series of up/down arrow key repeat events
 | |
|         // the value is considered to be "commited" by the user.
 | |
|         FireChangeEventIfNeeded();
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsresult rv = nsGenericHTMLFormElementWithState::PreHandleEvent(aVisitor);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // We do this after calling the base class' PreHandleEvent so that
 | |
|   // nsIContent::PreHandleEvent doesn't reset any change we make to mCanHandle.
 | |
|   if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER &&
 | |
|       aVisitor.mEvent->mFlags.mIsTrusted  &&
 | |
|       aVisitor.mEvent->originalTarget != this) {
 | |
|     // <input type=number> has an anonymous <input type=text> descendant. If
 | |
|     // 'input' or 'change' events are fired at that text control then we need
 | |
|     // to do some special handling here.
 | |
|     HTMLInputElement* textControl = nullptr;
 | |
|     nsNumberControlFrame* numberControlFrame =
 | |
|       do_QueryFrame(GetPrimaryFrame());
 | |
|     if (numberControlFrame) {
 | |
|       textControl = numberControlFrame->GetAnonTextControl();
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     if (textControl && aVisitor.mEvent->originalTarget == textControl) {
 | |
|       if (aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage == NS_EDITOR_INPUT) {
 | |
|         // Propogate the anon text control's new value to our HTMLInputElement:
 | |
|         nsAutoString value;
 | |
|         numberControlFrame->GetValueOfAnonTextControl(value);
 | |
|         numberControlFrame->HandlingInputEvent(true);
 | |
|         nsWeakFrame weakNumberControlFrame(numberControlFrame);
 | |
|         rv = SetValueInternal(value,
 | |
|                               nsTextEditorState::eSetValue_BySetUserInput |
 | |
|                               nsTextEditorState::eSetValue_Notify);
 | |
|         NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
 | |
|         if (weakNumberControlFrame.IsAlive()) {
 | |
|           numberControlFrame->HandlingInputEvent(false);
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       else if (aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage == NS_FORM_CHANGE) {
 | |
|         // We cancel the DOM 'change' event that is fired for any change to our
 | |
|         // anonymous text control since we fire our own 'change' events and
 | |
|         // content shouldn't be seeing two 'change' events. Besides that we
 | |
|         // (as a number) control have tighter restrictions on when our internal
 | |
|         // value changes than our anon text control does, so in some cases
 | |
|         // (if our text control's value doesn't parse as a number) we don't
 | |
|         // want to fire a 'change' event at all.
 | |
|         aVisitor.mCanHandle = false;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return rv;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::StartRangeThumbDrag(WidgetGUIEvent* aEvent)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   mIsDraggingRange = true;
 | |
|   mRangeThumbDragStartValue = GetValueAsDecimal();
 | |
|   // Don't use CAPTURE_RETARGETTOELEMENT, as that breaks pseudo-class styling
 | |
|   // of the thumb.
 | |
|   nsIPresShell::SetCapturingContent(this, CAPTURE_IGNOREALLOWED);
 | |
|   nsRangeFrame* rangeFrame = do_QueryFrame(GetPrimaryFrame());
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Before we change the value, record the current value so that we'll
 | |
|   // correctly send a 'change' event if appropriate. We need to do this here
 | |
|   // because the 'focus' event is handled after the 'mousedown' event that
 | |
|   // we're being called for (i.e. too late to update mFocusedValue, since we'll
 | |
|   // have changed it by then).
 | |
|   GetValue(mFocusedValue);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   SetValueOfRangeForUserEvent(rangeFrame->GetValueAtEventPoint(aEvent));
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::FinishRangeThumbDrag(WidgetGUIEvent* aEvent)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(mIsDraggingRange);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (nsIPresShell::GetCapturingContent() == this) {
 | |
|     nsIPresShell::SetCapturingContent(nullptr, 0); // cancel capture
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (aEvent) {
 | |
|     nsRangeFrame* rangeFrame = do_QueryFrame(GetPrimaryFrame());
 | |
|     SetValueOfRangeForUserEvent(rangeFrame->GetValueAtEventPoint(aEvent));
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   mIsDraggingRange = false;
 | |
|   FireChangeEventIfNeeded();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::CancelRangeThumbDrag(bool aIsForUserEvent)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(mIsDraggingRange);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   mIsDraggingRange = false;
 | |
|   if (nsIPresShell::GetCapturingContent() == this) {
 | |
|     nsIPresShell::SetCapturingContent(nullptr, 0); // cancel capture
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (aIsForUserEvent) {
 | |
|     SetValueOfRangeForUserEvent(mRangeThumbDragStartValue);
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     // Don't dispatch an 'input' event - at least not using
 | |
|     // DispatchTrustedEvent.
 | |
|     // TODO: decide what we should do here - bug 851782.
 | |
|     nsAutoString val;
 | |
|     ConvertNumberToString(mRangeThumbDragStartValue, val);
 | |
|     // TODO: What should we do if SetValueInternal fails?  (The allocation
 | |
|     // is small, so we should be fine here.)
 | |
|     SetValueInternal(val, nsTextEditorState::eSetValue_BySetUserInput |
 | |
|                           nsTextEditorState::eSetValue_Notify);
 | |
|     nsRangeFrame* frame = do_QueryFrame(GetPrimaryFrame());
 | |
|     if (frame) {
 | |
|       frame->UpdateForValueChange();
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     nsRefPtr<AsyncEventDispatcher> asyncDispatcher =
 | |
|       new AsyncEventDispatcher(this, NS_LITERAL_STRING("input"), true, false);
 | |
|     asyncDispatcher->RunDOMEventWhenSafe();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::SetValueOfRangeForUserEvent(Decimal aValue)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(aValue.isFinite());
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsAutoString val;
 | |
|   ConvertNumberToString(aValue, val);
 | |
|   // TODO: What should we do if SetValueInternal fails?  (The allocation
 | |
|   // is small, so we should be fine here.)
 | |
|   SetValueInternal(val, nsTextEditorState::eSetValue_BySetUserInput |
 | |
|                         nsTextEditorState::eSetValue_Notify);
 | |
|   nsRangeFrame* frame = do_QueryFrame(GetPrimaryFrame());
 | |
|   if (frame) {
 | |
|     frame->UpdateForValueChange();
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   nsContentUtils::DispatchTrustedEvent(OwnerDoc(),
 | |
|                                        static_cast<nsIDOMHTMLInputElement*>(this),
 | |
|                                        NS_LITERAL_STRING("input"), true,
 | |
|                                        false);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::StartNumberControlSpinnerSpin()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(!mNumberControlSpinnerIsSpinning);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   mNumberControlSpinnerIsSpinning = true;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsRepeatService::GetInstance()->Start(HandleNumberControlSpin, this);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Capture the mouse so that we can tell if the pointer moves from one
 | |
|   // spin button to the other, or to some other element:
 | |
|   nsIPresShell::SetCapturingContent(this, CAPTURE_IGNOREALLOWED);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsNumberControlFrame* numberControlFrame =
 | |
|     do_QueryFrame(GetPrimaryFrame());
 | |
|   if (numberControlFrame) {
 | |
|     numberControlFrame->SpinnerStateChanged();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::StopNumberControlSpinnerSpin()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (mNumberControlSpinnerIsSpinning) {
 | |
|     if (nsIPresShell::GetCapturingContent() == this) {
 | |
|       nsIPresShell::SetCapturingContent(nullptr, 0); // cancel capture
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     nsRepeatService::GetInstance()->Stop(HandleNumberControlSpin, this);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     mNumberControlSpinnerIsSpinning = false;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     FireChangeEventIfNeeded();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     nsNumberControlFrame* numberControlFrame =
 | |
|       do_QueryFrame(GetPrimaryFrame());
 | |
|     if (numberControlFrame) {
 | |
|       numberControlFrame->SpinnerStateChanged();
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::StepNumberControlForUserEvent(int32_t aDirection)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   // We can't use GetValidityState here because the validity state is not set
 | |
|   // if the user hasn't previously taken an action to set or change the value,
 | |
|   // according to the specs.
 | |
|   if (HasBadInput()) {
 | |
|     // If the user has typed a value into the control and inadvertently made a
 | |
|     // mistake (e.g. put a thousand separator at the wrong point) we do not
 | |
|     // want to wipe out what they typed if they try to increment/decrement the
 | |
|     // value. Better is to highlight the value as being invalid so that they
 | |
|     // can correct what they typed.
 | |
|     // We only do this if there actually is a value typed in by/displayed to
 | |
|     // the user. (IsValid() can return false if the 'required' attribute is
 | |
|     // set and the value is the empty string.)
 | |
|     nsNumberControlFrame* numberControlFrame =
 | |
|       do_QueryFrame(GetPrimaryFrame());
 | |
|     if (numberControlFrame &&
 | |
|         !numberControlFrame->AnonTextControlIsEmpty()) {
 | |
|       // We pass 'true' for UpdateValidityUIBits' aIsFocused argument
 | |
|       // regardless because we need the UI to update _now_ or the user will
 | |
|       // wonder why the step behavior isn't functioning.
 | |
|       UpdateValidityUIBits(true);
 | |
|       UpdateState(true);
 | |
|       return;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   Decimal newValue = Decimal::nan(); // unchanged if value will not change
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsresult rv = GetValueIfStepped(aDirection, CALLED_FOR_USER_EVENT, &newValue);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !newValue.isFinite()) {
 | |
|     return; // value should not or will not change
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsAutoString newVal;
 | |
|   ConvertNumberToString(newValue, newVal);
 | |
|   // TODO: What should we do if SetValueInternal fails?  (The allocation
 | |
|   // is small, so we should be fine here.)
 | |
|   SetValueInternal(newVal, nsTextEditorState::eSetValue_BySetUserInput |
 | |
|                            nsTextEditorState::eSetValue_Notify);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsContentUtils::DispatchTrustedEvent(OwnerDoc(),
 | |
|                                        static_cast<nsIDOMHTMLInputElement*>(this),
 | |
|                                        NS_LITERAL_STRING("input"), true,
 | |
|                                        false);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static bool
 | |
| SelectTextFieldOnFocus()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (!gSelectTextFieldOnFocus) {
 | |
|     int32_t selectTextfieldsOnKeyFocus = -1;
 | |
|     nsresult rv =
 | |
|       LookAndFeel::GetInt(LookAndFeel::eIntID_SelectTextfieldsOnKeyFocus,
 | |
|                           &selectTextfieldsOnKeyFocus);
 | |
|     if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
 | |
|       gSelectTextFieldOnFocus = -1;
 | |
|     } else {
 | |
|       gSelectTextFieldOnFocus = selectTextfieldsOnKeyFocus != 0 ? 1 : -1;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return gSelectTextFieldOnFocus == 1;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::ShouldPreventDOMActivateDispatch(EventTarget* aOriginalTarget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   /*
 | |
|    * For the moment, there is only one situation where we actually want to
 | |
|    * prevent firing a DOMActivate event:
 | |
|    *  - we are a <input type='file'> that just got a click event,
 | |
|    *  - the event was targeted to our button which should have sent a
 | |
|    *    DOMActivate event.
 | |
|    */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (mType != NS_FORM_INPUT_FILE) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> target = do_QueryInterface(aOriginalTarget);
 | |
|   if (!target) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return target->GetParent() == this &&
 | |
|          target->IsRootOfNativeAnonymousSubtree() &&
 | |
|          target->AttrValueIs(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::type,
 | |
|                              nsGkAtoms::button, eCaseMatters);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::MaybeInitPickers(EventChainPostVisitor& aVisitor)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   // Open a file picker when we receive a click on a <input type='file'>, or
 | |
|   // open a color picker when we receive a click on a <input type='color'>.
 | |
|   // A click is handled in the following cases:
 | |
|   // - preventDefault() has not been called (or something similar);
 | |
|   // - it's the left mouse button.
 | |
|   // We do not prevent non-trusted click because authors can already use
 | |
|   // .click(). However, the pickers will follow the rules of popup-blocking.
 | |
|   if (aVisitor.mEvent->mFlags.mDefaultPrevented) {
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   WidgetMouseEvent* mouseEvent = aVisitor.mEvent->AsMouseEvent();
 | |
|   if (!(mouseEvent && mouseEvent->IsLeftClickEvent())) {
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_FILE) {
 | |
|     // If the user clicked on the "Choose folder..." button we open the
 | |
|     // directory picker, else we open the file picker.
 | |
|     FilePickerType type = FILE_PICKER_FILE;
 | |
|     nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> target =
 | |
|       do_QueryInterface(aVisitor.mEvent->originalTarget);
 | |
|     if (target &&
 | |
|         target->GetParent() == this &&
 | |
|         target->IsRootOfNativeAnonymousSubtree() &&
 | |
|         target->HasAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::directory)) {
 | |
|       MOZ_ASSERT(Preferences::GetBool("dom.input.dirpicker", false),
 | |
|                  "No API or UI should have been exposed to allow this code to "
 | |
|                  "be reached");
 | |
|       type = FILE_PICKER_DIRECTORY;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     return InitFilePicker(type);
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_COLOR) {
 | |
|     return InitColorPicker();
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::PostHandleEvent(EventChainPostVisitor& aVisitor)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (!aVisitor.mPresContext) {
 | |
|     // Hack alert! In order to open file picker even in case the element isn't
 | |
|     // in document, try to init picker even without PresContext.
 | |
|     return MaybeInitPickers(aVisitor);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage == NS_FOCUS_CONTENT ||
 | |
|       aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage == NS_BLUR_CONTENT) {
 | |
|     if (aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage == NS_FOCUS_CONTENT &&
 | |
|         MayFireChangeOnBlur() &&
 | |
|         !mIsDraggingRange) { // StartRangeThumbDrag already set mFocusedValue
 | |
|       GetValue(mFocusedValue);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage == NS_BLUR_CONTENT) {
 | |
|       if (mIsDraggingRange) {
 | |
|         FinishRangeThumbDrag();
 | |
|       } else if (mNumberControlSpinnerIsSpinning) {
 | |
|         StopNumberControlSpinnerSpin();
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     UpdateValidityUIBits(aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage == NS_FOCUS_CONTENT);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     UpdateState(true);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsresult rv = NS_OK;
 | |
|   bool outerActivateEvent = !!(aVisitor.mItemFlags & NS_OUTER_ACTIVATE_EVENT);
 | |
|   bool originalCheckedValue =
 | |
|     !!(aVisitor.mItemFlags & NS_ORIGINAL_CHECKED_VALUE);
 | |
|   bool noContentDispatch = !!(aVisitor.mItemFlags & NS_NO_CONTENT_DISPATCH);
 | |
|   uint8_t oldType = NS_CONTROL_TYPE(aVisitor.mItemFlags);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Ideally we would make the default action for click and space just dispatch
 | |
|   // DOMActivate, and the default action for DOMActivate flip the checkbox/
 | |
|   // radio state and fire onchange.  However, for backwards compatibility, we
 | |
|   // need to flip the state before firing click, and we need to fire click
 | |
|   // when space is pressed.  So, we just nest the firing of DOMActivate inside
 | |
|   // the click event handling, and allow cancellation of DOMActivate to cancel
 | |
|   // the click.
 | |
|   if (aVisitor.mEventStatus != nsEventStatus_eConsumeNoDefault &&
 | |
|       !IsSingleLineTextControl(true) &&
 | |
|       mType != NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER) {
 | |
|     WidgetMouseEvent* mouseEvent = aVisitor.mEvent->AsMouseEvent();
 | |
|     if (mouseEvent && mouseEvent->IsLeftClickEvent() &&
 | |
|         !ShouldPreventDOMActivateDispatch(aVisitor.mEvent->originalTarget)) {
 | |
|       // DOMActive event should be trusted since the activation is actually
 | |
|       // occurred even if the cause is an untrusted click event.
 | |
|       InternalUIEvent actEvent(true, NS_UI_ACTIVATE, mouseEvent);
 | |
|       actEvent.detail = 1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       nsCOMPtr<nsIPresShell> shell = aVisitor.mPresContext->GetPresShell();
 | |
|       if (shell) {
 | |
|         nsEventStatus status = nsEventStatus_eIgnore;
 | |
|         mInInternalActivate = true;
 | |
|         rv = shell->HandleDOMEventWithTarget(this, &actEvent, &status);
 | |
|         mInInternalActivate = false;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         // If activate is cancelled, we must do the same as when click is
 | |
|         // cancelled (revert the checkbox to its original value).
 | |
|         if (status == nsEventStatus_eConsumeNoDefault) {
 | |
|           aVisitor.mEventStatus = status;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (outerActivateEvent) {
 | |
|     switch(oldType) {
 | |
|       case NS_FORM_INPUT_SUBMIT:
 | |
|       case NS_FORM_INPUT_IMAGE:
 | |
|         if (mForm) {
 | |
|           // tell the form that we are about to exit a click handler
 | |
|           // so the form knows not to defer subsequent submissions
 | |
|           // the pending ones that were created during the handler
 | |
|           // will be flushed or forgoten.
 | |
|           mForm->OnSubmitClickEnd();
 | |
|         }
 | |
|         break;
 | |
|       default:
 | |
|         break;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Reset the flag for other content besides this text field
 | |
|   aVisitor.mEvent->mFlags.mNoContentDispatch = noContentDispatch;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // now check to see if the event was "cancelled"
 | |
|   if (mCheckedIsToggled && outerActivateEvent) {
 | |
|     if (aVisitor.mEventStatus == nsEventStatus_eConsumeNoDefault) {
 | |
|       // if it was cancelled and a radio button, then set the old
 | |
|       // selected btn to TRUE. if it is a checkbox then set it to its
 | |
|       // original value
 | |
|       if (oldType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RADIO) {
 | |
|         nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMHTMLInputElement> selectedRadioButton =
 | |
|           do_QueryInterface(aVisitor.mItemData);
 | |
|         if (selectedRadioButton) {
 | |
|           selectedRadioButton->SetChecked(true);
 | |
|         }
 | |
|         // If there was no checked radio button or this one is no longer a
 | |
|         // radio button we must reset it back to false to cancel the action.
 | |
|         // See how the web of hack grows?
 | |
|         if (!selectedRadioButton || mType != NS_FORM_INPUT_RADIO) {
 | |
|           DoSetChecked(false, true, true);
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       } else if (oldType == NS_FORM_INPUT_CHECKBOX) {
 | |
|         bool originalIndeterminateValue =
 | |
|           !!(aVisitor.mItemFlags & NS_ORIGINAL_INDETERMINATE_VALUE);
 | |
|         SetIndeterminateInternal(originalIndeterminateValue, false);
 | |
|         DoSetChecked(originalCheckedValue, true, true);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     } else {
 | |
|       nsContentUtils::DispatchTrustedEvent(OwnerDoc(),
 | |
|                                            static_cast<nsIDOMHTMLInputElement*>(this),
 | |
|                                            NS_LITERAL_STRING("change"), true,
 | |
|                                            false);
 | |
| #ifdef ACCESSIBILITY
 | |
|       // Fire an event to notify accessibility
 | |
|       if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_CHECKBOX) {
 | |
|         FireEventForAccessibility(this, aVisitor.mPresContext,
 | |
|                                   NS_LITERAL_STRING("CheckboxStateChange"));
 | |
|       } else {
 | |
|         FireEventForAccessibility(this, aVisitor.mPresContext,
 | |
|                                   NS_LITERAL_STRING("RadioStateChange"));
 | |
|         // Fire event for the previous selected radio.
 | |
|         nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMHTMLInputElement> previous =
 | |
|           do_QueryInterface(aVisitor.mItemData);
 | |
|         if (previous) {
 | |
|           FireEventForAccessibility(previous, aVisitor.mPresContext,
 | |
|                                     NS_LITERAL_STRING("RadioStateChange"));
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
 | |
|     WidgetKeyboardEvent* keyEvent = aVisitor.mEvent->AsKeyboardEvent();
 | |
|     if (mType ==  NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER &&
 | |
|         keyEvent && keyEvent->mMessage == eKeyPress &&
 | |
|         aVisitor.mEvent->mFlags.mIsTrusted &&
 | |
|         (keyEvent->keyCode == NS_VK_UP || keyEvent->keyCode == NS_VK_DOWN) &&
 | |
|         !(keyEvent->IsShift() || keyEvent->IsControl() ||
 | |
|           keyEvent->IsAlt() || keyEvent->IsMeta() ||
 | |
|           keyEvent->IsAltGraph() || keyEvent->IsFn() ||
 | |
|           keyEvent->IsOS())) {
 | |
|       // We handle the up/down arrow keys specially for <input type=number>.
 | |
|       // On some platforms the editor for the nested text control will
 | |
|       // process these keys to send the cursor to the start/end of the text
 | |
|       // control and as a result aVisitor.mEventStatus will already have been
 | |
|       // set to nsEventStatus_eConsumeNoDefault. However, we know that
 | |
|       // whenever the up/down arrow keys cause the value of the number
 | |
|       // control to change the string in the text control will change, and
 | |
|       // the cursor will be moved to the end of the text control, overwriting
 | |
|       // the editor's handling of up/down keypress events. For that reason we
 | |
|       // just ignore aVisitor.mEventStatus here and go ahead and handle the
 | |
|       // event to increase/decrease the value of the number control.
 | |
|       if (!aVisitor.mEvent->mFlags.mDefaultPreventedByContent && IsMutable()) {
 | |
|         StepNumberControlForUserEvent(keyEvent->keyCode == NS_VK_UP ? 1 : -1);
 | |
|         aVisitor.mEventStatus = nsEventStatus_eConsumeNoDefault;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     } else if (nsEventStatus_eIgnore == aVisitor.mEventStatus) {
 | |
|       switch (aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage) {
 | |
| 
 | |
|         case NS_FOCUS_CONTENT:
 | |
|         {
 | |
|           // see if we should select the contents of the textbox. This happens
 | |
|           // for text and password fields when the field was focused by the
 | |
|           // keyboard or a navigation, the platform allows it, and it wasn't
 | |
|           // just because we raised a window.
 | |
|           nsIFocusManager* fm = nsFocusManager::GetFocusManager();
 | |
|           if (fm && IsSingleLineTextControl(false) &&
 | |
|               !aVisitor.mEvent->AsFocusEvent()->fromRaise &&
 | |
|               SelectTextFieldOnFocus()) {
 | |
|             nsIDocument* document = GetComposedDoc();
 | |
|             if (document) {
 | |
|               uint32_t lastFocusMethod;
 | |
|               fm->GetLastFocusMethod(document->GetWindow(), &lastFocusMethod);
 | |
|               if (lastFocusMethod &
 | |
|                   (nsIFocusManager::FLAG_BYKEY | nsIFocusManager::FLAG_BYMOVEFOCUS)) {
 | |
|                 nsRefPtr<nsPresContext> presContext =
 | |
|                   GetPresContext(eForComposedDoc);
 | |
|                 if (DispatchSelectEvent(presContext)) {
 | |
|                   SelectAll(presContext);
 | |
|                 }
 | |
|               }
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           }
 | |
|           break;
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         case eKeyPress:
 | |
|         case eKeyUp:
 | |
|         {
 | |
|           // For backwards compat, trigger checks/radios/buttons with
 | |
|           // space or enter (bug 25300)
 | |
|           WidgetKeyboardEvent* keyEvent = aVisitor.mEvent->AsKeyboardEvent();
 | |
|           if ((aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage == eKeyPress &&
 | |
|                keyEvent->keyCode == NS_VK_RETURN) ||
 | |
|               (aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage == eKeyUp &&
 | |
|                keyEvent->keyCode == NS_VK_SPACE)) {
 | |
|             switch(mType) {
 | |
|               case NS_FORM_INPUT_CHECKBOX:
 | |
|               case NS_FORM_INPUT_RADIO:
 | |
|               {
 | |
|                 // Checkbox and Radio try to submit on Enter press
 | |
|                 if (keyEvent->keyCode != NS_VK_SPACE) {
 | |
|                   MaybeSubmitForm(aVisitor.mPresContext);
 | |
| 
 | |
|                   break;  // If we are submitting, do not send click event
 | |
|                 }
 | |
|                 // else fall through and treat Space like click...
 | |
|               }
 | |
|               case NS_FORM_INPUT_BUTTON:
 | |
|               case NS_FORM_INPUT_RESET:
 | |
|               case NS_FORM_INPUT_SUBMIT:
 | |
|               case NS_FORM_INPUT_IMAGE: // Bug 34418
 | |
|               case NS_FORM_INPUT_COLOR:
 | |
|               {
 | |
|                 WidgetMouseEvent event(aVisitor.mEvent->mFlags.mIsTrusted,
 | |
|                                        eMouseClick, nullptr,
 | |
|                                        WidgetMouseEvent::eReal);
 | |
|                 event.inputSource = nsIDOMMouseEvent::MOZ_SOURCE_KEYBOARD;
 | |
|                 nsEventStatus status = nsEventStatus_eIgnore;
 | |
| 
 | |
|                 EventDispatcher::Dispatch(static_cast<nsIContent*>(this),
 | |
|                                           aVisitor.mPresContext, &event,
 | |
|                                           nullptr, &status);
 | |
|                 aVisitor.mEventStatus = nsEventStatus_eConsumeNoDefault;
 | |
|               } // case
 | |
|             } // switch
 | |
|           }
 | |
|           if (aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage == eKeyPress &&
 | |
|               mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RADIO && !keyEvent->IsAlt() &&
 | |
|               !keyEvent->IsControl() && !keyEvent->IsMeta()) {
 | |
|             bool isMovingBack = false;
 | |
|             switch (keyEvent->keyCode) {
 | |
|               case NS_VK_UP:
 | |
|               case NS_VK_LEFT:
 | |
|                 isMovingBack = true;
 | |
|                 // FALLTHROUGH
 | |
|               case NS_VK_DOWN:
 | |
|               case NS_VK_RIGHT:
 | |
|               // Arrow key pressed, focus+select prev/next radio button
 | |
|               nsIRadioGroupContainer* container = GetRadioGroupContainer();
 | |
|               if (container) {
 | |
|                 nsAutoString name;
 | |
|                 GetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::name, name);
 | |
|                 nsRefPtr<HTMLInputElement> selectedRadioButton;
 | |
|                 container->GetNextRadioButton(name, isMovingBack, this,
 | |
|                                               getter_AddRefs(selectedRadioButton));
 | |
|                 if (selectedRadioButton) {
 | |
|                   rv = selectedRadioButton->Focus();
 | |
|                   if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
 | |
|                     nsEventStatus status = nsEventStatus_eIgnore;
 | |
|                     WidgetMouseEvent event(aVisitor.mEvent->mFlags.mIsTrusted,
 | |
|                                            eMouseClick, nullptr,
 | |
|                                            WidgetMouseEvent::eReal);
 | |
|                     event.inputSource = nsIDOMMouseEvent::MOZ_SOURCE_KEYBOARD;
 | |
|                     rv =
 | |
|                       EventDispatcher::Dispatch(ToSupports(selectedRadioButton),
 | |
|                                                 aVisitor.mPresContext,
 | |
|                                                 &event, nullptr, &status);
 | |
|                     if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
 | |
|                       aVisitor.mEventStatus = nsEventStatus_eConsumeNoDefault;
 | |
|                     }
 | |
|                   }
 | |
|                 }
 | |
|               }
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|           /*
 | |
|            * For some input types, if the user hits enter, the form is submitted.
 | |
|            *
 | |
|            * Bug 99920, bug 109463 and bug 147850:
 | |
|            * (a) if there is a submit control in the form, click the first
 | |
|            *     submit control in the form.
 | |
|            * (b) if there is just one text control in the form, submit by
 | |
|            *     sending a submit event directly to the form
 | |
|            * (c) if there is more than one text input and no submit buttons, do
 | |
|            *     not submit, period.
 | |
|            */
 | |
| 
 | |
|           if (aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage == eKeyPress &&
 | |
|               keyEvent->keyCode == NS_VK_RETURN &&
 | |
|                (IsSingleLineTextControl(false, mType) ||
 | |
|                 mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER ||
 | |
|                 IsExperimentalMobileType(mType))) {
 | |
|             FireChangeEventIfNeeded();
 | |
|             rv = MaybeSubmitForm(aVisitor.mPresContext);
 | |
|             NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|           if (aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage == eKeyPress &&
 | |
|               mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RANGE && !keyEvent->IsAlt() &&
 | |
|               !keyEvent->IsControl() && !keyEvent->IsMeta() &&
 | |
|               (keyEvent->keyCode == NS_VK_LEFT ||
 | |
|                keyEvent->keyCode == NS_VK_RIGHT ||
 | |
|                keyEvent->keyCode == NS_VK_UP ||
 | |
|                keyEvent->keyCode == NS_VK_DOWN ||
 | |
|                keyEvent->keyCode == NS_VK_PAGE_UP ||
 | |
|                keyEvent->keyCode == NS_VK_PAGE_DOWN ||
 | |
|                keyEvent->keyCode == NS_VK_HOME ||
 | |
|                keyEvent->keyCode == NS_VK_END)) {
 | |
|             Decimal minimum = GetMinimum();
 | |
|             Decimal maximum = GetMaximum();
 | |
|             MOZ_ASSERT(minimum.isFinite() && maximum.isFinite());
 | |
|             if (minimum < maximum) { // else the value is locked to the minimum
 | |
|               Decimal value = GetValueAsDecimal();
 | |
|               Decimal step = GetStep();
 | |
|               if (step == kStepAny) {
 | |
|                 step = GetDefaultStep();
 | |
|               }
 | |
|               MOZ_ASSERT(value.isFinite() && step.isFinite());
 | |
|               Decimal newValue;
 | |
|               switch (keyEvent->keyCode) {
 | |
|                 case  NS_VK_LEFT:
 | |
|                   newValue = value + (GetComputedDirectionality() == eDir_RTL
 | |
|                                         ? step : -step);
 | |
|                   break;
 | |
|                 case  NS_VK_RIGHT:
 | |
|                   newValue = value + (GetComputedDirectionality() == eDir_RTL
 | |
|                                         ? -step : step);
 | |
|                   break;
 | |
|                 case  NS_VK_UP:
 | |
|                   // Even for horizontal range, "up" means "increase"
 | |
|                   newValue = value + step;
 | |
|                   break;
 | |
|                 case  NS_VK_DOWN:
 | |
|                   // Even for horizontal range, "down" means "decrease"
 | |
|                   newValue = value - step;
 | |
|                   break;
 | |
|                 case  NS_VK_HOME:
 | |
|                   newValue = minimum;
 | |
|                   break;
 | |
|                 case  NS_VK_END:
 | |
|                   newValue = maximum;
 | |
|                   break;
 | |
|                 case  NS_VK_PAGE_UP:
 | |
|                   // For PgUp/PgDn we jump 10% of the total range, unless step
 | |
|                   // requires us to jump more.
 | |
|                   newValue = value + std::max(step, (maximum - minimum) / Decimal(10));
 | |
|                   break;
 | |
|                 case  NS_VK_PAGE_DOWN:
 | |
|                   newValue = value - std::max(step, (maximum - minimum) / Decimal(10));
 | |
|                   break;
 | |
|               }
 | |
|               SetValueOfRangeForUserEvent(newValue);
 | |
|               aVisitor.mEventStatus = nsEventStatus_eConsumeNoDefault;
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         } break; // eKeyPress || eKeyUp
 | |
| 
 | |
|         case eMouseDown:
 | |
|         case eMouseUp:
 | |
|         case eMouseDoubleClick: {
 | |
|           // cancel all of these events for buttons
 | |
|           //XXXsmaug Why?
 | |
|           WidgetMouseEvent* mouseEvent = aVisitor.mEvent->AsMouseEvent();
 | |
|           if (mouseEvent->button == WidgetMouseEvent::eMiddleButton ||
 | |
|               mouseEvent->button == WidgetMouseEvent::eRightButton) {
 | |
|             if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_BUTTON ||
 | |
|                 mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RESET ||
 | |
|                 mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_SUBMIT) {
 | |
|               if (aVisitor.mDOMEvent) {
 | |
|                 aVisitor.mDOMEvent->StopPropagation();
 | |
|               } else {
 | |
|                 rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
|               }
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           }
 | |
|           if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER &&
 | |
|               aVisitor.mEvent->mFlags.mIsTrusted) {
 | |
|             if (mouseEvent->button == WidgetMouseEvent::eLeftButton &&
 | |
|                 !(mouseEvent->IsShift() || mouseEvent->IsControl() ||
 | |
|                   mouseEvent->IsAlt() || mouseEvent->IsMeta() ||
 | |
|                   mouseEvent->IsAltGraph() || mouseEvent->IsFn() ||
 | |
|                   mouseEvent->IsOS())) {
 | |
|               nsNumberControlFrame* numberControlFrame =
 | |
|                 do_QueryFrame(GetPrimaryFrame());
 | |
|               if (numberControlFrame) {
 | |
|                 if (aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage == eMouseDown && 
 | |
|                     IsMutable()) {
 | |
|                   switch (numberControlFrame->GetSpinButtonForPointerEvent(
 | |
|                             aVisitor.mEvent->AsMouseEvent())) {
 | |
|                   case nsNumberControlFrame::eSpinButtonUp:
 | |
|                     StepNumberControlForUserEvent(1);
 | |
|                     mNumberControlSpinnerSpinsUp = true;
 | |
|                     StartNumberControlSpinnerSpin();
 | |
|                     aVisitor.mEventStatus = nsEventStatus_eConsumeNoDefault;
 | |
|                     break;
 | |
|                   case nsNumberControlFrame::eSpinButtonDown:
 | |
|                     StepNumberControlForUserEvent(-1);
 | |
|                     mNumberControlSpinnerSpinsUp = false;
 | |
|                     StartNumberControlSpinnerSpin();
 | |
|                     aVisitor.mEventStatus = nsEventStatus_eConsumeNoDefault;
 | |
|                     break;
 | |
|                   }
 | |
|                 }
 | |
|               }
 | |
|             }
 | |
|             if (aVisitor.mEventStatus != nsEventStatus_eConsumeNoDefault) {
 | |
|               // We didn't handle this to step up/down. Whatever this was, be
 | |
|               // aggressive about stopping the spin. (And don't set
 | |
|               // nsEventStatus_eConsumeNoDefault after doing so, since that
 | |
|               // might prevent, say, the context menu from opening.)
 | |
|               StopNumberControlSpinnerSpin();
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           }
 | |
|           break;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|         default:
 | |
|           break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (outerActivateEvent) {
 | |
|         if (mForm && (oldType == NS_FORM_INPUT_SUBMIT ||
 | |
|                       oldType == NS_FORM_INPUT_IMAGE)) {
 | |
|           if (mType != NS_FORM_INPUT_SUBMIT && mType != NS_FORM_INPUT_IMAGE) {
 | |
|             // If the type has changed to a non-submit type, then we want to
 | |
|             // flush the stored submission if there is one (as if the submit()
 | |
|             // was allowed to succeed)
 | |
|             mForm->FlushPendingSubmission();
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         }
 | |
|         switch(mType) {
 | |
|         case NS_FORM_INPUT_RESET:
 | |
|         case NS_FORM_INPUT_SUBMIT:
 | |
|         case NS_FORM_INPUT_IMAGE:
 | |
|           if (mForm) {
 | |
|             InternalFormEvent event(true,
 | |
|               (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RESET) ? NS_FORM_RESET : NS_FORM_SUBMIT);
 | |
|             event.originator      = this;
 | |
|             nsEventStatus status  = nsEventStatus_eIgnore;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             nsCOMPtr<nsIPresShell> presShell =
 | |
|               aVisitor.mPresContext->GetPresShell();
 | |
| 
 | |
|             // If |nsIPresShell::Destroy| has been called due to
 | |
|             // handling the event the pres context will return a null
 | |
|             // pres shell.  See bug 125624.
 | |
|             // TODO: removing this code and have the submit event sent by the
 | |
|             // form, see bug 592124.
 | |
|             if (presShell && (event.mMessage != NS_FORM_SUBMIT ||
 | |
|                               mForm->HasAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::novalidate) ||
 | |
|                               // We know the element is a submit control, if this check is moved,
 | |
|                               // make sure formnovalidate is used only if it's a submit control.
 | |
|                               HasAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::formnovalidate) ||
 | |
|                               mForm->CheckValidFormSubmission())) {
 | |
|               // Hold a strong ref while dispatching
 | |
|               nsRefPtr<mozilla::dom::HTMLFormElement> form(mForm);
 | |
|               presShell->HandleDOMEventWithTarget(mForm, &event, &status);
 | |
|               aVisitor.mEventStatus = nsEventStatus_eConsumeNoDefault;
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           }
 | |
|           break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         default:
 | |
|           break;
 | |
|         } //switch
 | |
|       } //click or outer activate event
 | |
|     } else if (outerActivateEvent &&
 | |
|                (oldType == NS_FORM_INPUT_SUBMIT ||
 | |
|                 oldType == NS_FORM_INPUT_IMAGE) &&
 | |
|                mForm) {
 | |
|       // tell the form to flush a possible pending submission.
 | |
|       // the reason is that the script returned false (the event was
 | |
|       // not ignored) so if there is a stored submission, it needs to
 | |
|       // be submitted immediately.
 | |
|       mForm->FlushPendingSubmission();
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   } // if
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RANGE) {
 | |
|     PostHandleEventForRangeThumb(aVisitor);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return MaybeInitPickers(aVisitor);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::PostHandleEventForRangeThumb(EventChainPostVisitor& aVisitor)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RANGE);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (nsEventStatus_eConsumeNoDefault == aVisitor.mEventStatus ||
 | |
|       !(aVisitor.mEvent->mClass == eMouseEventClass ||
 | |
|         aVisitor.mEvent->mClass == eTouchEventClass ||
 | |
|         aVisitor.mEvent->mClass == eKeyboardEventClass)) {
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsRangeFrame* rangeFrame = do_QueryFrame(GetPrimaryFrame());
 | |
|   if (!rangeFrame && mIsDraggingRange) {
 | |
|     CancelRangeThumbDrag();
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   switch (aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|     case eMouseDown:
 | |
|     case NS_TOUCH_START: {
 | |
|       if (mIsDraggingRange) {
 | |
|         break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       if (nsIPresShell::GetCapturingContent()) {
 | |
|         break; // don't start drag if someone else is already capturing
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       WidgetInputEvent* inputEvent = aVisitor.mEvent->AsInputEvent();
 | |
|       if (inputEvent->IsShift() || inputEvent->IsControl() ||
 | |
|           inputEvent->IsAlt() || inputEvent->IsMeta() ||
 | |
|           inputEvent->IsAltGraph() || inputEvent->IsFn() ||
 | |
|           inputEvent->IsOS()) {
 | |
|         break; // ignore
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       if (aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage == eMouseDown) {
 | |
|         if (aVisitor.mEvent->AsMouseEvent()->buttons ==
 | |
|               WidgetMouseEvent::eLeftButtonFlag) {
 | |
|           StartRangeThumbDrag(inputEvent);
 | |
|         } else if (mIsDraggingRange) {
 | |
|           CancelRangeThumbDrag();
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       } else {
 | |
|         if (aVisitor.mEvent->AsTouchEvent()->touches.Length() == 1) {
 | |
|           StartRangeThumbDrag(inputEvent);
 | |
|         } else if (mIsDraggingRange) {
 | |
|           CancelRangeThumbDrag();
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       aVisitor.mEvent->mFlags.mMultipleActionsPrevented = true;
 | |
|     } break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case eMouseMove:
 | |
|     case NS_TOUCH_MOVE:
 | |
|       if (!mIsDraggingRange) {
 | |
|         break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       if (nsIPresShell::GetCapturingContent() != this) {
 | |
|         // Someone else grabbed capture.
 | |
|         CancelRangeThumbDrag();
 | |
|         break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       SetValueOfRangeForUserEvent(
 | |
|         rangeFrame->GetValueAtEventPoint(aVisitor.mEvent->AsInputEvent()));
 | |
|       aVisitor.mEvent->mFlags.mMultipleActionsPrevented = true;
 | |
|       break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case eMouseUp:
 | |
|     case NS_TOUCH_END:
 | |
|       if (!mIsDraggingRange) {
 | |
|         break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       // We don't check to see whether we are the capturing content here and
 | |
|       // call CancelRangeThumbDrag() if that is the case. We just finish off
 | |
|       // the drag and set our final value (unless someone has called
 | |
|       // preventDefault() and prevents us getting here).
 | |
|       FinishRangeThumbDrag(aVisitor.mEvent->AsInputEvent());
 | |
|       aVisitor.mEvent->mFlags.mMultipleActionsPrevented = true;
 | |
|       break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case eKeyPress:
 | |
|       if (mIsDraggingRange &&
 | |
|           aVisitor.mEvent->AsKeyboardEvent()->keyCode == NS_VK_ESCAPE) {
 | |
|         CancelRangeThumbDrag();
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case NS_TOUCH_CANCEL:
 | |
|       if (mIsDraggingRange) {
 | |
|         CancelRangeThumbDrag();
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     default:
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::MaybeLoadImage()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   // Our base URI may have changed; claim that our URI changed, and the
 | |
|   // nsImageLoadingContent will decide whether a new image load is warranted.
 | |
|   nsAutoString uri;
 | |
|   if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_IMAGE &&
 | |
|       GetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::src, uri) &&
 | |
|       (NS_FAILED(LoadImage(uri, false, true, eImageLoadType_Normal)) ||
 | |
|        !LoadingEnabled())) {
 | |
|     CancelImageRequests(true);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::BindToTree(nsIDocument* aDocument, nsIContent* aParent,
 | |
|                              nsIContent* aBindingParent,
 | |
|                              bool aCompileEventHandlers)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsresult rv = nsGenericHTMLFormElementWithState::BindToTree(aDocument, aParent,
 | |
|                                                               aBindingParent,
 | |
|                                                               aCompileEventHandlers);
 | |
|   NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsImageLoadingContent::BindToTree(aDocument, aParent, aBindingParent,
 | |
|                                     aCompileEventHandlers);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_IMAGE) {
 | |
|     // Our base URI may have changed; claim that our URI changed, and the
 | |
|     // nsImageLoadingContent will decide whether a new image load is warranted.
 | |
|     if (HasAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::src)) {
 | |
|       // FIXME: Bug 660963 it would be nice if we could just have
 | |
|       // ClearBrokenState update our state and do it fast...
 | |
|       ClearBrokenState();
 | |
|       RemoveStatesSilently(NS_EVENT_STATE_BROKEN);
 | |
|       nsContentUtils::AddScriptRunner(
 | |
|         NS_NewRunnableMethod(this, &HTMLInputElement::MaybeLoadImage));
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Add radio to document if we don't have a form already (if we do it's
 | |
|   // already been added into that group)
 | |
|   if (aDocument && !mForm && mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RADIO) {
 | |
|     AddedToRadioGroup();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Set direction based on value if dir=auto
 | |
|   SetDirectionIfAuto(HasDirAuto(), false);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // An element can't suffer from value missing if it is not in a document.
 | |
|   // We have to check if we suffer from that as we are now in a document.
 | |
|   UpdateValueMissingValidityState();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // If there is a disabled fieldset in the parent chain, the element is now
 | |
|   // barred from constraint validation and can't suffer from value missing
 | |
|   // (call done before).
 | |
|   UpdateBarredFromConstraintValidation();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // And now make sure our state is up to date
 | |
|   UpdateState(false);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_PASSWORD) {
 | |
|     if (IsInComposedDoc()) {
 | |
|       AsyncEventDispatcher* dispatcher =
 | |
|         new AsyncEventDispatcher(this,
 | |
|                                  NS_LITERAL_STRING("DOMInputPasswordAdded"),
 | |
|                                  true,
 | |
|                                  true);
 | |
|       dispatcher->PostDOMEvent();
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef EARLY_BETA_OR_EARLIER
 | |
|     Telemetry::Accumulate(Telemetry::PWMGR_PASSWORD_INPUT_IN_FORM, !!mForm);
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return rv;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::UnbindFromTree(bool aDeep, bool aNullParent)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   // If we have a form and are unbound from it,
 | |
|   // nsGenericHTMLFormElementWithState::UnbindFromTree() will unset the form and
 | |
|   // that takes care of form's WillRemove so we just have to take care
 | |
|   // of the case where we're removing from the document and we don't
 | |
|   // have a form
 | |
|   if (!mForm && mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RADIO) {
 | |
|     WillRemoveFromRadioGroup();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsImageLoadingContent::UnbindFromTree(aDeep, aNullParent);
 | |
|   nsGenericHTMLFormElementWithState::UnbindFromTree(aDeep, aNullParent);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // GetCurrentDoc is returning nullptr so we can update the value
 | |
|   // missing validity state to reflect we are no longer into a doc.
 | |
|   UpdateValueMissingValidityState();
 | |
|   // We might be no longer disabled because of parent chain changed.
 | |
|   UpdateBarredFromConstraintValidation();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // And now make sure our state is up to date
 | |
|   UpdateState(false);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::HandleTypeChange(uint8_t aNewType)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RANGE && mIsDraggingRange) {
 | |
|     CancelRangeThumbDrag(false);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   ValueModeType aOldValueMode = GetValueMode();
 | |
|   uint8_t oldType = mType;
 | |
|   nsAutoString aOldValue;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aOldValueMode == VALUE_MODE_VALUE) {
 | |
|     GetValue(aOldValue);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // We already have a copy of the value, lets free it and changes the type.
 | |
|   FreeData();
 | |
|   mType = aNewType;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (IsSingleLineTextControl()) {
 | |
|     mInputData.mState = new nsTextEditorState(this);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /**
 | |
|    * The following code is trying to reproduce the algorithm described here:
 | |
|    * http://www.whatwg.org/specs/web-apps/current-work/complete.html#input-type-change
 | |
|    */
 | |
|   switch (GetValueMode()) {
 | |
|     case VALUE_MODE_DEFAULT:
 | |
|     case VALUE_MODE_DEFAULT_ON:
 | |
|       // If the previous value mode was value, we need to set the value content
 | |
|       // attribute to the previous value.
 | |
|       // There is no value sanitizing algorithm for elements in this mode.
 | |
|       if (aOldValueMode == VALUE_MODE_VALUE && !aOldValue.IsEmpty()) {
 | |
|         SetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::value, aOldValue, true);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     case VALUE_MODE_VALUE:
 | |
|       // If the previous value mode wasn't value, we have to set the value to
 | |
|       // the value content attribute.
 | |
|       // SetValueInternal is going to sanitize the value.
 | |
|       {
 | |
|         nsAutoString value;
 | |
|         if (aOldValueMode != VALUE_MODE_VALUE) {
 | |
|           GetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::value, value);
 | |
|         } else {
 | |
|           value = aOldValue;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|         // TODO: What should we do if SetValueInternal fails?  (The allocation
 | |
|         // may potentially be big, but most likely we've failed to allocate
 | |
|         // before the type change.)
 | |
|         SetValueInternal(value, nsTextEditorState::eSetValue_Internal);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     case VALUE_MODE_FILENAME:
 | |
|     default:
 | |
|       // We don't care about the value.
 | |
|       // There is no value sanitizing algorithm for elements in this mode.
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Updating mFocusedValue in consequence:
 | |
|   // If the new type fires a change event on blur, but the previous type
 | |
|   // doesn't, we should set mFocusedValue to the current value.
 | |
|   // Otherwise, if the new type doesn't fire a change event on blur, but the
 | |
|   // previous type does, we should clear out mFocusedValue.
 | |
|   if (MayFireChangeOnBlur(mType) && !MayFireChangeOnBlur(oldType)) {
 | |
|     GetValue(mFocusedValue);
 | |
|   } else if (!IsSingleLineTextControl(mType, false) &&
 | |
|              IsSingleLineTextControl(oldType, false)) {
 | |
|     mFocusedValue.Truncate();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   UpdateHasRange();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Do not notify, it will be done after if needed.
 | |
|   UpdateAllValidityStates(false);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::SanitizeValue(nsAString& aValue)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(!mParserCreating, "The element parsing should be finished!");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   switch (mType) {
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_TEXT:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_SEARCH:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_TEL:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_PASSWORD:
 | |
|       {
 | |
|         char16_t crlf[] = { char16_t('\r'), char16_t('\n'), 0 };
 | |
|         aValue.StripChars(crlf);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_EMAIL:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_URL:
 | |
|       {
 | |
|         char16_t crlf[] = { char16_t('\r'), char16_t('\n'), 0 };
 | |
|         aValue.StripChars(crlf);
 | |
| 
 | |
|         aValue = nsContentUtils::TrimWhitespace<nsContentUtils::IsHTMLWhitespace>(aValue);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER:
 | |
|       {
 | |
|         Decimal value;
 | |
|         bool ok = ConvertStringToNumber(aValue, value);
 | |
|         if (!ok) {
 | |
|           aValue.Truncate();
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_RANGE:
 | |
|       {
 | |
|         Decimal minimum = GetMinimum();
 | |
|         Decimal maximum = GetMaximum();
 | |
|         MOZ_ASSERT(minimum.isFinite() && maximum.isFinite(),
 | |
|                    "type=range should have a default maximum/minimum");
 | |
| 
 | |
|         // We use this to avoid modifying the string unnecessarily, since that
 | |
|         // may introduce rounding. This is set to true only if the value we
 | |
|         // parse out from aValue needs to be sanitized.
 | |
|         bool needSanitization = false;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         Decimal value;
 | |
|         bool ok = ConvertStringToNumber(aValue, value);
 | |
|         if (!ok) {
 | |
|           needSanitization = true;
 | |
|           // Set value to midway between minimum and maximum.
 | |
|           value = maximum <= minimum ? minimum : minimum + (maximum - minimum)/Decimal(2);
 | |
|         } else if (value < minimum || maximum < minimum) {
 | |
|           needSanitization = true;
 | |
|           value = minimum;
 | |
|         } else if (value > maximum) {
 | |
|           needSanitization = true;
 | |
|           value = maximum;
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         Decimal step = GetStep();
 | |
|         if (step != kStepAny) {
 | |
|           Decimal stepBase = GetStepBase();
 | |
|           // There could be rounding issues below when dealing with fractional
 | |
|           // numbers, but let's ignore that until ECMAScript supplies us with a
 | |
|           // decimal number type.
 | |
|           Decimal deltaToStep = NS_floorModulo(value - stepBase, step);
 | |
|           if (deltaToStep != Decimal(0)) {
 | |
|             // "suffering from a step mismatch"
 | |
|             // Round the element's value to the nearest number for which the
 | |
|             // element would not suffer from a step mismatch, and which is
 | |
|             // greater than or equal to the minimum, and, if the maximum is not
 | |
|             // less than the minimum, which is less than or equal to the
 | |
|             // maximum, if there is a number that matches these constraints:
 | |
|             MOZ_ASSERT(deltaToStep > Decimal(0), "stepBelow/stepAbove will be wrong");
 | |
|             Decimal stepBelow = value - deltaToStep;
 | |
|             Decimal stepAbove = value - deltaToStep + step;
 | |
|             Decimal halfStep = step / Decimal(2);
 | |
|             bool stepAboveIsClosest = (stepAbove - value) <= halfStep;
 | |
|             bool stepAboveInRange = stepAbove >= minimum &&
 | |
|                                     stepAbove <= maximum;
 | |
|             bool stepBelowInRange = stepBelow >= minimum &&
 | |
|                                     stepBelow <= maximum;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             if ((stepAboveIsClosest || !stepBelowInRange) && stepAboveInRange) {
 | |
|               needSanitization = true;
 | |
|               value = stepAbove;
 | |
|             } else if ((!stepAboveIsClosest || !stepAboveInRange) && stepBelowInRange) {
 | |
|               needSanitization = true;
 | |
|               value = stepBelow;
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (needSanitization) {
 | |
|           char buf[32];
 | |
|           DebugOnly<bool> ok = value.toString(buf, ArrayLength(buf));
 | |
|           aValue.AssignASCII(buf);
 | |
|           MOZ_ASSERT(ok, "buf not big enough");
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_DATE:
 | |
|       {
 | |
|         if (!aValue.IsEmpty() && !IsValidDate(aValue)) {
 | |
|           aValue.Truncate();
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_TIME:
 | |
|       {
 | |
|         if (!aValue.IsEmpty() && !IsValidTime(aValue)) {
 | |
|           aValue.Truncate();
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_COLOR:
 | |
|       {
 | |
|         if (IsValidSimpleColor(aValue)) {
 | |
|           ToLowerCase(aValue);
 | |
|         } else {
 | |
|           // Set default (black) color, if aValue wasn't parsed correctly.
 | |
|           aValue.AssignLiteral("#000000");
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool HTMLInputElement::IsValidSimpleColor(const nsAString& aValue) const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (aValue.Length() != 7 || aValue.First() != '#') {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   for (int i = 1; i < 7; ++i) {
 | |
|     if (!nsCRT::IsAsciiDigit(aValue[i]) &&
 | |
|         !(aValue[i] >= 'a' && aValue[i] <= 'f') &&
 | |
|         !(aValue[i] >= 'A' && aValue[i] <= 'F')) {
 | |
|       return false;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return true;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::IsValidDate(const nsAString& aValue) const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   uint32_t year, month, day;
 | |
|   return GetValueAsDate(aValue, &year, &month, &day);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetValueAsDate(const nsAString& aValue,
 | |
|                                  uint32_t* aYear,
 | |
|                                  uint32_t* aMonth,
 | |
|                                  uint32_t* aDay) const
 | |
| {
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*
 | |
|  * Parse the year, month, day values out a date string formatted as 'yyyy-mm-dd'.
 | |
|  * -The year must be 4 or more digits long, and year > 0
 | |
|  * -The month must be exactly 2 digits long, and 01 <= month <= 12
 | |
|  * -The day must be exactly 2 digit long, and 01 <= day <= maxday
 | |
|  *  Where maxday is the number of days in the month 'month' and year 'year'
 | |
|  */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aValue.Length() < 10) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   uint32_t endOfYearOffset = aValue.Length() - 6;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   if (aValue[endOfYearOffset]     != '-' ||
 | |
|       aValue[endOfYearOffset + 3] != '-') {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!DigitSubStringToNumber(aValue, 0, endOfYearOffset, aYear) ||
 | |
|       *aYear < 1) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!DigitSubStringToNumber(aValue, endOfYearOffset + 1, 2, aMonth) ||
 | |
|       *aMonth < 1 || *aMonth > 12) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return DigitSubStringToNumber(aValue, endOfYearOffset + 4, 2, aDay) &&
 | |
|          *aDay > 0 && *aDay <= NumberOfDaysInMonth(*aMonth, *aYear);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| uint32_t
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::NumberOfDaysInMonth(uint32_t aMonth, uint32_t aYear) const
 | |
| {
 | |
| /*
 | |
|  * Returns the number of days in a month.
 | |
|  * Months that are |longMonths| always have 31 days.
 | |
|  * Months that are not |longMonths| have 30 days except February (month 2).
 | |
|  * February has 29 days during leap years which are years that are divisible by 400.
 | |
|  * or divisible by 100 and 4. February has 28 days otherwise.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   static const bool longMonths[] = { true, false, true, false, true, false,
 | |
|                                      true, true, false, true, false, true };
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(aMonth <= 12 && aMonth > 0);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (longMonths[aMonth-1]) {
 | |
|     return 31;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aMonth != 2) {
 | |
|     return 30;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return (aYear % 400 == 0 || (aYear % 100 != 0 && aYear % 4 == 0))
 | |
|           ? 29 : 28;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* static */ bool
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::DigitSubStringToNumber(const nsAString& aStr,
 | |
|                                          uint32_t aStart, uint32_t aLen,
 | |
|                                          uint32_t* aRetVal)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(aStr.Length() > (aStart + aLen - 1));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   for (uint32_t offset = 0; offset < aLen; ++offset) {
 | |
|     if (!NS_IsAsciiDigit(aStr[aStart + offset])) {
 | |
|       return false;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsresult ec;
 | |
|   *aRetVal = static_cast<uint32_t>(PromiseFlatString(Substring(aStr, aStart, aLen)).ToInteger(&ec));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return NS_SUCCEEDED(ec);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::IsValidTime(const nsAString& aValue) const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   return ParseTime(aValue, nullptr);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* static */ bool
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::ParseTime(const nsAString& aValue, uint32_t* aResult)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   /* The string must have the following parts:
 | |
|    * - HOURS: two digits, value being in [0, 23];
 | |
|    * - Colon (:);
 | |
|    * - MINUTES: two digits, value being in [0, 59];
 | |
|    * - Optional:
 | |
|    *   - Colon (:);
 | |
|    *   - SECONDS: two digits, value being in [0, 59];
 | |
|    *   - Optional:
 | |
|    *     - DOT (.);
 | |
|    *     - FRACTIONAL SECONDS: one to three digits, no value range.
 | |
|    */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // The following format is the shorter one allowed: "HH:MM".
 | |
|   if (aValue.Length() < 5) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   uint32_t hours;
 | |
|   if (!DigitSubStringToNumber(aValue, 0, 2, &hours) || hours > 23) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Hours/minutes separator.
 | |
|   if (aValue[2] != ':') {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   uint32_t minutes;
 | |
|   if (!DigitSubStringToNumber(aValue, 3, 2, &minutes) || minutes > 59) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aValue.Length() == 5) {
 | |
|     if (aResult) {
 | |
|       *aResult = ((hours * 60) + minutes) * 60000;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     return true;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // The following format is the next shorter one: "HH:MM:SS".
 | |
|   if (aValue.Length() < 8 || aValue[5] != ':') {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   uint32_t seconds;
 | |
|   if (!DigitSubStringToNumber(aValue, 6, 2, &seconds) || seconds > 59) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aValue.Length() == 8) {
 | |
|     if (aResult) {
 | |
|       *aResult = (((hours * 60) + minutes) * 60 + seconds) * 1000;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     return true;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // The string must follow this format now: "HH:MM:SS.{s,ss,sss}".
 | |
|   // There can be 1 to 3 digits for the fractions of seconds.
 | |
|   if (aValue.Length() == 9 || aValue.Length() > 12 || aValue[8] != '.') {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   uint32_t fractionsSeconds;
 | |
|   if (!DigitSubStringToNumber(aValue, 9, aValue.Length() - 9, &fractionsSeconds)) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aResult) {
 | |
|     *aResult = (((hours * 60) + minutes) * 60 + seconds) * 1000 +
 | |
|                // NOTE: there is 10.0 instead of 10 and static_cast<int> because
 | |
|                // some old [and stupid] compilers can't just do the right thing.
 | |
|                fractionsSeconds * pow(10.0, static_cast<int>(3 - (aValue.Length() - 9)));
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return true;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::ParseAttribute(int32_t aNamespaceID,
 | |
|                                  nsIAtom* aAttribute,
 | |
|                                  const nsAString& aValue,
 | |
|                                  nsAttrValue& aResult)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (aNamespaceID == kNameSpaceID_None) {
 | |
|     if (aAttribute == nsGkAtoms::type) {
 | |
|       // XXX ARG!! This is major evilness. ParseAttribute
 | |
|       // shouldn't set members. Override SetAttr instead
 | |
|       int32_t newType;
 | |
|       bool success = aResult.ParseEnumValue(aValue, kInputTypeTable, false);
 | |
|       if (success) {
 | |
|         newType = aResult.GetEnumValue();
 | |
|         if ((IsExperimentalMobileType(newType) &&
 | |
|              !Preferences::GetBool("dom.experimental_forms", false)) ||
 | |
|             (newType == NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER &&
 | |
|              !Preferences::GetBool("dom.forms.number", false)) ||
 | |
|             (newType == NS_FORM_INPUT_COLOR &&
 | |
|              !Preferences::GetBool("dom.forms.color", false))) {
 | |
|           newType = kInputDefaultType->value;
 | |
|           aResult.SetTo(newType, &aValue);
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       } else {
 | |
|         newType = kInputDefaultType->value;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (newType != mType) {
 | |
|         // Make sure to do the check for newType being NS_FORM_INPUT_FILE and
 | |
|         // the corresponding SetValueInternal() call _before_ we set mType.
 | |
|         // That way the logic in SetValueInternal() will work right (that logic
 | |
|         // makes assumptions about our frame based on mType, but we won't have
 | |
|         // had time to recreate frames yet -- that happens later in the
 | |
|         // SetAttr() process).
 | |
|         if (newType == NS_FORM_INPUT_FILE || mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_FILE) {
 | |
|           // This call isn't strictly needed any more since we'll never
 | |
|           // confuse values and filenames. However it's there for backwards
 | |
|           // compat.
 | |
|           ClearFiles(false);
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         HandleTypeChange(newType);
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       return success;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     if (aAttribute == nsGkAtoms::width) {
 | |
|       return aResult.ParseSpecialIntValue(aValue);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     if (aAttribute == nsGkAtoms::height) {
 | |
|       return aResult.ParseSpecialIntValue(aValue);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     if (aAttribute == nsGkAtoms::maxlength) {
 | |
|       return aResult.ParseNonNegativeIntValue(aValue);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     if (aAttribute == nsGkAtoms::size) {
 | |
|       return aResult.ParsePositiveIntValue(aValue);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     if (aAttribute == nsGkAtoms::border) {
 | |
|       return aResult.ParseIntWithBounds(aValue, 0);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     if (aAttribute == nsGkAtoms::align) {
 | |
|       return ParseAlignValue(aValue, aResult);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     if (aAttribute == nsGkAtoms::formmethod) {
 | |
|       return aResult.ParseEnumValue(aValue, kFormMethodTable, false);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     if (aAttribute == nsGkAtoms::formenctype) {
 | |
|       return aResult.ParseEnumValue(aValue, kFormEnctypeTable, false);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     if (aAttribute == nsGkAtoms::autocomplete) {
 | |
|       aResult.ParseAtomArray(aValue);
 | |
|       return true;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     if (aAttribute == nsGkAtoms::inputmode) {
 | |
|       return aResult.ParseEnumValue(aValue, kInputInputmodeTable, false);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     if (ParseImageAttribute(aAttribute, aValue, aResult)) {
 | |
|       // We have to call |ParseImageAttribute| unconditionally since we
 | |
|       // don't know if we're going to have a type="image" attribute yet,
 | |
|       // (or could have it set dynamically in the future).  See bug
 | |
|       // 214077.
 | |
|       return true;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return nsGenericHTMLElement::ParseAttribute(aNamespaceID, aAttribute, aValue,
 | |
|                                               aResult);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::MapAttributesIntoRule(const nsMappedAttributes* aAttributes,
 | |
|                                         nsRuleData* aData)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   const nsAttrValue* value = aAttributes->GetAttr(nsGkAtoms::type);
 | |
|   if (value && value->Type() == nsAttrValue::eEnum &&
 | |
|       value->GetEnumValue() == NS_FORM_INPUT_IMAGE) {
 | |
|     nsGenericHTMLFormElementWithState::MapImageBorderAttributeInto(aAttributes, aData);
 | |
|     nsGenericHTMLFormElementWithState::MapImageMarginAttributeInto(aAttributes, aData);
 | |
|     nsGenericHTMLFormElementWithState::MapImageSizeAttributesInto(aAttributes, aData);
 | |
|     // Images treat align as "float"
 | |
|     nsGenericHTMLFormElementWithState::MapImageAlignAttributeInto(aAttributes, aData);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsGenericHTMLFormElementWithState::MapCommonAttributesInto(aAttributes, aData);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsChangeHint
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetAttributeChangeHint(const nsIAtom* aAttribute,
 | |
|                                          int32_t aModType) const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsChangeHint retval =
 | |
|     nsGenericHTMLFormElementWithState::GetAttributeChangeHint(aAttribute, aModType);
 | |
|   if (aAttribute == nsGkAtoms::type ||
 | |
|       // The presence or absence of the 'directory' attribute determines what
 | |
|       // buttons we show for type=file.
 | |
|       aAttribute == nsGkAtoms::directory) {
 | |
|     NS_UpdateHint(retval, NS_STYLE_HINT_FRAMECHANGE);
 | |
|   } else if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_IMAGE &&
 | |
|              (aAttribute == nsGkAtoms::alt ||
 | |
|               aAttribute == nsGkAtoms::value)) {
 | |
|     // We might need to rebuild our alt text.  Just go ahead and
 | |
|     // reconstruct our frame.  This should be quite rare..
 | |
|     NS_UpdateHint(retval, NS_STYLE_HINT_FRAMECHANGE);
 | |
|   } else if (aAttribute == nsGkAtoms::value) {
 | |
|     NS_UpdateHint(retval, NS_STYLE_HINT_REFLOW);
 | |
|   } else if (aAttribute == nsGkAtoms::size &&
 | |
|              IsSingleLineTextControl(false)) {
 | |
|     NS_UpdateHint(retval, NS_STYLE_HINT_REFLOW);
 | |
|   } else if (PlaceholderApplies() && aAttribute == nsGkAtoms::placeholder) {
 | |
|     NS_UpdateHint(retval, NS_STYLE_HINT_FRAMECHANGE);
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return retval;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP_(bool)
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::IsAttributeMapped(const nsIAtom* aAttribute) const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   static const MappedAttributeEntry attributes[] = {
 | |
|     { &nsGkAtoms::align },
 | |
|     { &nsGkAtoms::type },
 | |
|     { nullptr },
 | |
|   };
 | |
| 
 | |
|   static const MappedAttributeEntry* const map[] = {
 | |
|     attributes,
 | |
|     sCommonAttributeMap,
 | |
|     sImageMarginSizeAttributeMap,
 | |
|     sImageBorderAttributeMap,
 | |
|   };
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return FindAttributeDependence(aAttribute, map);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsMapRuleToAttributesFunc
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetAttributeMappingFunction() const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   return &MapAttributesIntoRule;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Directory picking methods:
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::IsFilesAndDirectoriesSupported() const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   // This method is supposed to return true if a file and directory picker
 | |
|   // supports the selection of both files and directories *at the same time*.
 | |
|   // Only Mac currently supports that. We could implement it for Mac, but
 | |
|   // currently we do not.
 | |
|   return false;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::ChooseDirectory(ErrorResult& aRv)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (mType != NS_FORM_INPUT_FILE) {
 | |
|     aRv.Throw(NS_ERROR_DOM_INVALID_STATE_ERR);
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   InitFilePicker(
 | |
| #if defined(ANDROID) || defined(MOZ_B2G)
 | |
|                  // No native directory picker - redirect to plain file picker
 | |
|                  FILE_PICKER_FILE
 | |
| #else
 | |
|                  FILE_PICKER_DIRECTORY
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|                  );
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static already_AddRefed<OSFileSystem>
 | |
| MakeOrReuseFileSystem(const nsAString& aNewLocalRootPath,
 | |
|                       OSFileSystem* aFS,
 | |
|                       nsPIDOMWindow* aWindow)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(aWindow);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsRefPtr<OSFileSystem> fs;
 | |
|   if (aFS) {
 | |
|     const nsAString& prevLocalRootPath = aFS->GetLocalRootPath();
 | |
|     if (aNewLocalRootPath == prevLocalRootPath) {
 | |
|       fs = aFS;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (!fs) {
 | |
|     fs = new OSFileSystem(aNewLocalRootPath);
 | |
|     fs->Init(aWindow);
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return fs.forget();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| already_AddRefed<Promise>
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetFilesAndDirectories(ErrorResult& aRv)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsIGlobalObject> global = OwnerDoc()->GetScopeObject();
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(global);
 | |
|   if (!global) {
 | |
|     return nullptr;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsRefPtr<Promise> p = Promise::Create(global, aRv);
 | |
|   if (aRv.Failed()) {
 | |
|     return nullptr;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   const nsTArray<nsRefPtr<File>>& filesAndDirs = GetFilesInternal();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   Sequence<OwningFileOrDirectory> filesAndDirsSeq;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!filesAndDirsSeq.SetLength(filesAndDirs.Length(), mozilla::fallible_t())) {
 | |
|     p->MaybeReject(NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
 | |
|     return p.forget();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsPIDOMWindow* window = OwnerDoc()->GetInnerWindow();
 | |
|   nsRefPtr<OSFileSystem> fs;
 | |
|   for (uint32_t i = 0; i < filesAndDirs.Length(); ++i) {
 | |
|     if (filesAndDirs[i]->IsDirectory()) {
 | |
| #if defined(ANDROID) || defined(MOZ_B2G)
 | |
|       MOZ_ASSERT(false,
 | |
|                  "Directory picking should have been redirected to normal "
 | |
|                  "file picking for platforms that don't have a directory "
 | |
|                  "picker");
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|       nsAutoString path;
 | |
|       filesAndDirs[i]->GetMozFullPathInternal(path, aRv);
 | |
|       if (aRv.Failed()) {
 | |
|         return nullptr;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       int32_t leafSeparatorIndex = path.RFind(FILE_PATH_SEPARATOR);
 | |
|       nsDependentSubstring dirname = Substring(path, 0, leafSeparatorIndex);
 | |
|       nsDependentSubstring basename = Substring(path, leafSeparatorIndex);
 | |
|       fs = MakeOrReuseFileSystem(dirname, fs, window);
 | |
|       filesAndDirsSeq[i].SetAsDirectory() = new Directory(fs, basename);
 | |
|     } else {
 | |
|       filesAndDirsSeq[i].SetAsFile() = filesAndDirs[i];
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   p->MaybeResolve(filesAndDirsSeq);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return p.forget();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Controllers Methods
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsIControllers*
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetControllers(ErrorResult& aRv)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   //XXX: what about type "file"?
 | |
|   if (IsSingleLineTextControl(false))
 | |
|   {
 | |
|     if (!mControllers)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       nsresult rv;
 | |
|       mControllers = do_CreateInstance(kXULControllersCID, &rv);
 | |
|       if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
 | |
|         aRv.Throw(rv);
 | |
|         return nullptr;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       nsCOMPtr<nsIController>
 | |
|         controller(do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/editor/editorcontroller;1",
 | |
|                                      &rv));
 | |
|       if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
 | |
|         aRv.Throw(rv);
 | |
|         return nullptr;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       mControllers->AppendController(controller);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       controller = do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/editor/editingcontroller;1",
 | |
|                                      &rv);
 | |
|       if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
 | |
|         aRv.Throw(rv);
 | |
|         return nullptr;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       mControllers->AppendController(controller);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return mControllers;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetControllers(nsIControllers** aResult)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   ErrorResult rv;
 | |
|   nsRefPtr<nsIControllers> controller = GetControllers(rv);
 | |
|   controller.forget(aResult);
 | |
|   return rv.StealNSResult();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| int32_t
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetTextLength(ErrorResult& aRv)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsAutoString val;
 | |
|   GetValue(val);
 | |
|   return val.Length();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetTextLength(int32_t* aTextLength)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   ErrorResult rv;
 | |
|   *aTextLength = GetTextLength(rv);
 | |
|   return rv.StealNSResult();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::SetSelectionRange(int32_t aSelectionStart,
 | |
|                                     int32_t aSelectionEnd,
 | |
|                                     const Optional<nsAString>& aDirection,
 | |
|                                     ErrorResult& aRv)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsIFormControlFrame* formControlFrame = GetFormControlFrame(true);
 | |
|   nsITextControlFrame* textControlFrame = do_QueryFrame(formControlFrame);
 | |
|   if (textControlFrame) {
 | |
|     // Default to forward, even if not specified.
 | |
|     // Note that we don't currently support directionless selections, so
 | |
|     // "none" is treated like "forward".
 | |
|     nsITextControlFrame::SelectionDirection dir = nsITextControlFrame::eForward;
 | |
|     if (aDirection.WasPassed() && aDirection.Value().EqualsLiteral("backward")) {
 | |
|       dir = nsITextControlFrame::eBackward;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     aRv = textControlFrame->SetSelectionRange(aSelectionStart, aSelectionEnd, dir);
 | |
|     if (!aRv.Failed()) {
 | |
|       aRv = textControlFrame->ScrollSelectionIntoView();
 | |
|       nsRefPtr<AsyncEventDispatcher> asyncDispatcher =
 | |
|         new AsyncEventDispatcher(this, NS_LITERAL_STRING("select"),
 | |
|                                  true, false);
 | |
|       asyncDispatcher->PostDOMEvent();
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::SetSelectionRange(int32_t aSelectionStart,
 | |
|                                     int32_t aSelectionEnd,
 | |
|                                     const nsAString& aDirection)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   ErrorResult rv;
 | |
|   Optional<nsAString> direction;
 | |
|   direction = &aDirection;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   SetSelectionRange(aSelectionStart, aSelectionEnd, direction, rv);
 | |
|   return rv.StealNSResult();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::SetRangeText(const nsAString& aReplacement, ErrorResult& aRv)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (!SupportsSetRangeText()) {
 | |
|     aRv.Throw(NS_ERROR_DOM_NOT_SUPPORTED_ERR);
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   int32_t start, end;
 | |
|   aRv = GetSelectionRange(&start, &end);
 | |
|   if (aRv.Failed()) {
 | |
|     nsTextEditorState* state = GetEditorState();
 | |
|     if (state && state->IsSelectionCached()) {
 | |
|       start = state->GetSelectionProperties().mStart;
 | |
|       end = state->GetSelectionProperties().mEnd;
 | |
|       aRv = NS_OK;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   SetRangeText(aReplacement, start, end, mozilla::dom::SelectionMode::Preserve,
 | |
|                aRv, start, end);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::SetRangeText(const nsAString& aReplacement, uint32_t aStart,
 | |
|                                uint32_t aEnd, const SelectionMode& aSelectMode,
 | |
|                                ErrorResult& aRv, int32_t aSelectionStart,
 | |
|                                int32_t aSelectionEnd)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (!SupportsSetRangeText()) {
 | |
|     aRv.Throw(NS_ERROR_DOM_NOT_SUPPORTED_ERR);
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aStart > aEnd) {
 | |
|     aRv.Throw(NS_ERROR_DOM_INDEX_SIZE_ERR);
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsAutoString value;
 | |
|   GetValueInternal(value);
 | |
|   uint32_t inputValueLength = value.Length();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aStart > inputValueLength) {
 | |
|     aStart = inputValueLength;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aEnd > inputValueLength) {
 | |
|     aEnd = inputValueLength;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aSelectionStart == -1 && aSelectionEnd == -1) {
 | |
|     aRv = GetSelectionRange(&aSelectionStart, &aSelectionEnd);
 | |
|     if (aRv.Failed()) {
 | |
|       nsTextEditorState* state = GetEditorState();
 | |
|       if (state && state->IsSelectionCached()) {
 | |
|         aSelectionStart = state->GetSelectionProperties().mStart;
 | |
|         aSelectionEnd = state->GetSelectionProperties().mEnd;
 | |
|         aRv = NS_OK;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aStart <= aEnd) {
 | |
|     value.Replace(aStart, aEnd - aStart, aReplacement);
 | |
|     nsresult rv =
 | |
|       SetValueInternal(value, nsTextEditorState::eSetValue_ByContent);
 | |
|     if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
 | |
|       aRv.Throw(rv);
 | |
|       return;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   uint32_t newEnd = aStart + aReplacement.Length();
 | |
|   int32_t delta =  aReplacement.Length() - (aEnd - aStart);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   switch (aSelectMode) {
 | |
|     case mozilla::dom::SelectionMode::Select:
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       aSelectionStart = aStart;
 | |
|       aSelectionEnd = newEnd;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     break;
 | |
|     case mozilla::dom::SelectionMode::Start:
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       aSelectionStart = aSelectionEnd = aStart;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     break;
 | |
|     case mozilla::dom::SelectionMode::End:
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       aSelectionStart = aSelectionEnd = newEnd;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     break;
 | |
|     case mozilla::dom::SelectionMode::Preserve:
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       if ((uint32_t)aSelectionStart > aEnd) {
 | |
|         aSelectionStart += delta;
 | |
|       } else if ((uint32_t)aSelectionStart > aStart) {
 | |
|         aSelectionStart = aStart;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if ((uint32_t)aSelectionEnd > aEnd) {
 | |
|         aSelectionEnd += delta;
 | |
|       } else if ((uint32_t)aSelectionEnd > aStart) {
 | |
|         aSelectionEnd = newEnd;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     break;
 | |
|     default:
 | |
|       MOZ_CRASH("Unknown mode!");
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   Optional<nsAString> direction;
 | |
|   SetSelectionRange(aSelectionStart, aSelectionEnd, direction, aRv);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| int32_t
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetSelectionStart(ErrorResult& aRv)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   int32_t selEnd, selStart;
 | |
|   aRv = GetSelectionRange(&selStart, &selEnd);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aRv.Failed()) {
 | |
|     nsTextEditorState* state = GetEditorState();
 | |
|     if (state && state->IsSelectionCached()) {
 | |
|       aRv = NS_OK;
 | |
|       return state->GetSelectionProperties().mStart;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return selStart;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetSelectionStart(int32_t* aSelectionStart)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSelectionStart);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   ErrorResult rv;
 | |
|   *aSelectionStart = GetSelectionStart(rv);
 | |
|   return rv.StealNSResult();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::SetSelectionStart(int32_t aSelectionStart, ErrorResult& aRv)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsTextEditorState* state = GetEditorState();
 | |
|   if (state && state->IsSelectionCached()) {
 | |
|     state->GetSelectionProperties().mStart = aSelectionStart;
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsAutoString direction;
 | |
|   aRv = GetSelectionDirection(direction);
 | |
|   if (aRv.Failed()) {
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   int32_t start, end;
 | |
|   aRv = GetSelectionRange(&start, &end);
 | |
|   if (aRv.Failed()) {
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   start = aSelectionStart;
 | |
|   if (end < start) {
 | |
|     end = start;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   aRv = SetSelectionRange(start, end, direction);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::SetSelectionStart(int32_t aSelectionStart)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   ErrorResult rv;
 | |
|   SetSelectionStart(aSelectionStart, rv);
 | |
|   return rv.StealNSResult();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| int32_t
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetSelectionEnd(ErrorResult& aRv)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   int32_t selStart, selEnd;
 | |
|   aRv = GetSelectionRange(&selStart, &selEnd);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aRv.Failed()) {
 | |
|     nsTextEditorState* state = GetEditorState();
 | |
|     if (state && state->IsSelectionCached()) {
 | |
|       aRv = NS_OK;
 | |
|       return state->GetSelectionProperties().mEnd;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return selEnd;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetSelectionEnd(int32_t* aSelectionEnd)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSelectionEnd);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   ErrorResult rv;
 | |
|   *aSelectionEnd = GetSelectionEnd(rv);
 | |
|   return rv.StealNSResult();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::SetSelectionEnd(int32_t aSelectionEnd, ErrorResult& aRv)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsTextEditorState* state = GetEditorState();
 | |
|   if (state && state->IsSelectionCached()) {
 | |
|     state->GetSelectionProperties().mEnd = aSelectionEnd;
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsAutoString direction;
 | |
|   aRv = GetSelectionDirection(direction);
 | |
|   if (aRv.Failed()) {
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   int32_t start, end;
 | |
|   aRv = GetSelectionRange(&start, &end);
 | |
|   if (aRv.Failed()) {
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   end = aSelectionEnd;
 | |
|   if (start > end) {
 | |
|     start = end;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   aRv = SetSelectionRange(start, end, direction);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::SetSelectionEnd(int32_t aSelectionEnd)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   ErrorResult rv;
 | |
|   SetSelectionEnd(aSelectionEnd, rv);
 | |
|   return rv.StealNSResult();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetFiles(nsIDOMFileList** aFileList)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsRefPtr<FileList> list = GetFiles();
 | |
|   list.forget(aFileList);
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetSelectionRange(int32_t* aSelectionStart,
 | |
|                                     int32_t* aSelectionEnd)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsIFormControlFrame* formControlFrame = GetFormControlFrame(true);
 | |
|   nsITextControlFrame* textControlFrame = do_QueryFrame(formControlFrame);
 | |
|   if (textControlFrame) {
 | |
|     return textControlFrame->GetSelectionRange(aSelectionStart, aSelectionEnd);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| DirectionToName(nsITextControlFrame::SelectionDirection dir, nsAString& aDirection)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (dir == nsITextControlFrame::eNone) {
 | |
|     aDirection.AssignLiteral("none");
 | |
|   } else if (dir == nsITextControlFrame::eForward) {
 | |
|     aDirection.AssignLiteral("forward");
 | |
|   } else if (dir == nsITextControlFrame::eBackward) {
 | |
|     aDirection.AssignLiteral("backward");
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     NS_NOTREACHED("Invalid SelectionDirection value");
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetSelectionDirection(nsAString& aDirection, ErrorResult& aRv)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
|   nsIFormControlFrame* formControlFrame = GetFormControlFrame(true);
 | |
|   nsITextControlFrame* textControlFrame = do_QueryFrame(formControlFrame);
 | |
|   if (textControlFrame) {
 | |
|     nsITextControlFrame::SelectionDirection dir;
 | |
|     rv = textControlFrame->GetSelectionRange(nullptr, nullptr, &dir);
 | |
|     if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
 | |
|       DirectionToName(dir, aDirection);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
 | |
|     nsTextEditorState* state = GetEditorState();
 | |
|     if (state && state->IsSelectionCached()) {
 | |
|       DirectionToName(state->GetSelectionProperties().mDirection, aDirection);
 | |
|       return;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
 | |
|     aRv.Throw(rv);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetSelectionDirection(nsAString& aDirection)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   ErrorResult rv;
 | |
|   GetSelectionDirection(aDirection, rv);
 | |
|   return rv.StealNSResult();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::SetSelectionDirection(const nsAString& aDirection, ErrorResult& aRv)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsTextEditorState* state = GetEditorState();
 | |
|   if (state && state->IsSelectionCached()) {
 | |
|     nsITextControlFrame::SelectionDirection dir = nsITextControlFrame::eNone;
 | |
|     if (aDirection.EqualsLiteral("forward")) {
 | |
|       dir = nsITextControlFrame::eForward;
 | |
|     } else if (aDirection.EqualsLiteral("backward")) {
 | |
|       dir = nsITextControlFrame::eBackward;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     state->GetSelectionProperties().mDirection = dir;
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   int32_t start, end;
 | |
|   aRv = GetSelectionRange(&start, &end);
 | |
|   if (!aRv.Failed()) {
 | |
|     aRv = SetSelectionRange(start, end, aDirection);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::SetSelectionDirection(const nsAString& aDirection)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   ErrorResult rv;
 | |
|   SetSelectionDirection(aDirection, rv);
 | |
|   return rv.StealNSResult();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetPhonetic(nsAString& aPhonetic)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   aPhonetic.Truncate();
 | |
|   nsIFormControlFrame* formControlFrame = GetFormControlFrame(true);
 | |
|   nsITextControlFrame* textControlFrame = do_QueryFrame(formControlFrame);
 | |
|   if (textControlFrame) {
 | |
|     textControlFrame->GetPhonetic(aPhonetic);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef ACCESSIBILITY
 | |
| /*static*/ nsresult
 | |
| FireEventForAccessibility(nsIDOMHTMLInputElement* aTarget,
 | |
|                           nsPresContext* aPresContext,
 | |
|                           const nsAString& aEventType)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<mozilla::dom::Element> element = do_QueryInterface(aTarget);
 | |
|   nsRefPtr<Event> event = NS_NewDOMEvent(element, aPresContext, nullptr);
 | |
|   event->InitEvent(aEventType, true, true);
 | |
|   event->SetTrusted(true);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   EventDispatcher::DispatchDOMEvent(aTarget, nullptr, event, aPresContext,
 | |
|                                     nullptr);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::SetDefaultValueAsValue()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(GetValueMode() == VALUE_MODE_VALUE,
 | |
|                "GetValueMode() should return VALUE_MODE_VALUE!");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // The element has a content attribute value different from it's value when
 | |
|   // it's in the value mode value.
 | |
|   nsAutoString resetVal;
 | |
|   GetDefaultValue(resetVal);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // SetValueInternal is going to sanitize the value.
 | |
|   return SetValueInternal(resetVal, nsTextEditorState::eSetValue_Internal);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::SetDirectionIfAuto(bool aAuto, bool aNotify)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (aAuto) {
 | |
|     SetHasDirAuto();
 | |
|     if (IsSingleLineTextControl(true)) {
 | |
|       nsAutoString value;
 | |
|       GetValue(value);
 | |
|       SetDirectionalityFromValue(this, value, aNotify);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     ClearHasDirAuto();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::Reset()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   // We should be able to reset all dirty flags regardless of the type.
 | |
|   SetCheckedChanged(false);
 | |
|   SetValueChanged(false);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   switch (GetValueMode()) {
 | |
|     case VALUE_MODE_VALUE:
 | |
|       return SetDefaultValueAsValue();
 | |
|     case VALUE_MODE_DEFAULT_ON:
 | |
|       DoSetChecked(DefaultChecked(), true, false);
 | |
|       return NS_OK;
 | |
|     case VALUE_MODE_FILENAME:
 | |
|       ClearFiles(false);
 | |
|       return NS_OK;
 | |
|     case VALUE_MODE_DEFAULT:
 | |
|     default:
 | |
|       return NS_OK;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::SubmitNamesValues(nsFormSubmission* aFormSubmission)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   // Disabled elements don't submit
 | |
|   // For type=reset, and type=button, we just never submit, period.
 | |
|   // For type=image and type=button, we only submit if we were the button
 | |
|   // pressed
 | |
|   // For type=radio and type=checkbox, we only submit if checked=true
 | |
|   if (IsDisabled() || mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RESET ||
 | |
|       mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_BUTTON ||
 | |
|       ((mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_SUBMIT || mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_IMAGE) &&
 | |
|        aFormSubmission->GetOriginatingElement() != this) ||
 | |
|       ((mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RADIO || mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_CHECKBOX) &&
 | |
|        !mChecked)) {
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Get the name
 | |
|   nsAutoString name;
 | |
|   GetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::name, name);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Submit .x, .y for input type=image
 | |
|   if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_IMAGE) {
 | |
|     // Get a property set by the frame to find out where it was clicked.
 | |
|     nsIntPoint* lastClickedPoint =
 | |
|       static_cast<nsIntPoint*>(GetProperty(nsGkAtoms::imageClickedPoint));
 | |
|     int32_t x, y;
 | |
|     if (lastClickedPoint) {
 | |
|       // Convert the values to strings for submission
 | |
|       x = lastClickedPoint->x;
 | |
|       y = lastClickedPoint->y;
 | |
|     } else {
 | |
|       x = y = 0;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     nsAutoString xVal, yVal;
 | |
|     xVal.AppendInt(x);
 | |
|     yVal.AppendInt(y);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (!name.IsEmpty()) {
 | |
|       aFormSubmission->AddNameValuePair(name + NS_LITERAL_STRING(".x"), xVal);
 | |
|       aFormSubmission->AddNameValuePair(name + NS_LITERAL_STRING(".y"), yVal);
 | |
|     } else {
 | |
|       // If the Image Element has no name, simply return x and y
 | |
|       // to Nav and IE compatibility.
 | |
|       aFormSubmission->AddNameValuePair(NS_LITERAL_STRING("x"), xVal);
 | |
|       aFormSubmission->AddNameValuePair(NS_LITERAL_STRING("y"), yVal);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   //
 | |
|   // Submit name=value
 | |
|   //
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // If name not there, don't submit
 | |
|   if (name.IsEmpty()) {
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Get the value
 | |
|   nsAutoString value;
 | |
|   nsresult rv = GetValue(value);
 | |
|   if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
 | |
|     return rv;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_SUBMIT && value.IsEmpty() &&
 | |
|       !HasAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::value)) {
 | |
|     // Get our default value, which is the same as our default label
 | |
|     nsXPIDLString defaultValue;
 | |
|     nsContentUtils::GetLocalizedString(nsContentUtils::eFORMS_PROPERTIES,
 | |
|                                        "Submit", defaultValue);
 | |
|     value = defaultValue;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   //
 | |
|   // Submit file if its input type=file and this encoding method accepts files
 | |
|   //
 | |
|   if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_FILE) {
 | |
|     // Submit files
 | |
| 
 | |
|     const nsTArray<nsRefPtr<File>>& files = GetFilesInternal();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     for (uint32_t i = 0; i < files.Length(); ++i) {
 | |
|       aFormSubmission->AddNameFilePair(name, files[i]);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (files.IsEmpty()) {
 | |
|       // If no file was selected, pretend we had an empty file with an
 | |
|       // empty filename.
 | |
|       aFormSubmission->AddNameFilePair(name, nullptr);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_HIDDEN && name.EqualsLiteral("_charset_")) {
 | |
|     nsCString charset;
 | |
|     aFormSubmission->GetCharset(charset);
 | |
|     return aFormSubmission->AddNameValuePair(name,
 | |
|                                              NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(charset));
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (IsSingleLineTextControl(true) &&
 | |
|       name.EqualsLiteral("isindex") &&
 | |
|       aFormSubmission->SupportsIsindexSubmission()) {
 | |
|     return aFormSubmission->AddIsindex(value);
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return aFormSubmission->AddNameValuePair(name, value);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::SaveState()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsRefPtr<HTMLInputElementState> inputState;
 | |
|   switch (GetValueMode()) {
 | |
|     case VALUE_MODE_DEFAULT_ON:
 | |
|       if (mCheckedChanged) {
 | |
|         inputState = new HTMLInputElementState();
 | |
|         inputState->SetChecked(mChecked);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     case VALUE_MODE_FILENAME:
 | |
|       if (!mFiles.IsEmpty()) {
 | |
|         inputState = new HTMLInputElementState();
 | |
|         inputState->SetBlobImpls(mFiles);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     case VALUE_MODE_VALUE:
 | |
|     case VALUE_MODE_DEFAULT:
 | |
|       // VALUE_MODE_DEFAULT shouldn't have their value saved except 'hidden',
 | |
|       // mType shouldn't be NS_FORM_INPUT_PASSWORD and value should have changed.
 | |
|       if ((GetValueMode() == VALUE_MODE_DEFAULT &&
 | |
|            mType != NS_FORM_INPUT_HIDDEN) ||
 | |
|           mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_PASSWORD || !mValueChanged) {
 | |
|         break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       inputState = new HTMLInputElementState();
 | |
|       nsAutoString value;
 | |
|       GetValue(value);
 | |
|       DebugOnly<nsresult> rv =
 | |
|         nsLinebreakConverter::ConvertStringLineBreaks(
 | |
|              value,
 | |
|              nsLinebreakConverter::eLinebreakPlatform,
 | |
|              nsLinebreakConverter::eLinebreakContent);
 | |
|       NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "Converting linebreaks failed!");
 | |
|       inputState->SetValue(value);
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (inputState) {
 | |
|     nsPresState* state = GetPrimaryPresState();
 | |
|     if (state) {
 | |
|       state->SetStateProperty(inputState);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (mDisabledChanged) {
 | |
|     nsPresState* state = GetPrimaryPresState();
 | |
|     if (state) {
 | |
|       // We do not want to save the real disabled state but the disabled
 | |
|       // attribute.
 | |
|       state->SetDisabled(HasAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::disabled));
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::DoneCreatingElement()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   mParserCreating = false;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   //
 | |
|   // Restore state as needed.  Note that disabled state applies to all control
 | |
|   // types.
 | |
|   //
 | |
|   bool restoredCheckedState =
 | |
|     !mInhibitRestoration && NS_SUCCEEDED(GenerateStateKey()) && RestoreFormControlState();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   //
 | |
|   // If restore does not occur, we initialize .checked using the CHECKED
 | |
|   // property.
 | |
|   //
 | |
|   if (!restoredCheckedState && mShouldInitChecked) {
 | |
|     DoSetChecked(DefaultChecked(), false, true);
 | |
|     DoSetCheckedChanged(false, false);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Sanitize the value.
 | |
|   if (GetValueMode() == VALUE_MODE_VALUE) {
 | |
|     nsAutoString aValue;
 | |
|     GetValue(aValue);
 | |
|     // TODO: What should we do if SetValueInternal fails?  (The allocation
 | |
|     // may potentially be big, but most likely we've failed to allocate
 | |
|     // before the type change.)
 | |
|     SetValueInternal(aValue, nsTextEditorState::eSetValue_Internal);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   mShouldInitChecked = false;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| EventStates
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::IntrinsicState() const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   // If you add states here, and they're type-dependent, you need to add them
 | |
|   // to the type case in AfterSetAttr.
 | |
| 
 | |
|   EventStates state = nsGenericHTMLFormElementWithState::IntrinsicState();
 | |
|   if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_CHECKBOX || mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RADIO) {
 | |
|     // Check current checked state (:checked)
 | |
|     if (mChecked) {
 | |
|       state |= NS_EVENT_STATE_CHECKED;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Check current indeterminate state (:indeterminate)
 | |
|     if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_CHECKBOX && mIndeterminate) {
 | |
|       state |= NS_EVENT_STATE_INDETERMINATE;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Check whether we are the default checked element (:default)
 | |
|     if (DefaultChecked()) {
 | |
|       state |= NS_EVENT_STATE_DEFAULT;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   } else if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_IMAGE) {
 | |
|     state |= nsImageLoadingContent::ImageState();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (DoesRequiredApply() && HasAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::required)) {
 | |
|     state |= NS_EVENT_STATE_REQUIRED;
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     state |= NS_EVENT_STATE_OPTIONAL;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (IsCandidateForConstraintValidation()) {
 | |
|     if (IsValid()) {
 | |
|       state |= NS_EVENT_STATE_VALID;
 | |
|     } else {
 | |
|       state |= NS_EVENT_STATE_INVALID;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if ((!mForm || !mForm->HasAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::novalidate)) &&
 | |
|           (GetValidityState(VALIDITY_STATE_CUSTOM_ERROR) ||
 | |
|            (mCanShowInvalidUI && ShouldShowValidityUI()))) {
 | |
|         state |= NS_EVENT_STATE_MOZ_UI_INVALID;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // :-moz-ui-valid applies if all of the following conditions are true:
 | |
|     // 1. The element is not focused, or had either :-moz-ui-valid or
 | |
|     //    :-moz-ui-invalid applying before it was focused ;
 | |
|     // 2. The element is either valid or isn't allowed to have
 | |
|     //    :-moz-ui-invalid applying ;
 | |
|     // 3. The element has no form owner or its form owner doesn't have the
 | |
|     //    novalidate attribute set ;
 | |
|     // 4. The element has already been modified or the user tried to submit the
 | |
|     //    form owner while invalid.
 | |
|     if ((!mForm || !mForm->HasAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::novalidate)) &&
 | |
|         (mCanShowValidUI && ShouldShowValidityUI() &&
 | |
|          (IsValid() || (!state.HasState(NS_EVENT_STATE_MOZ_UI_INVALID) &&
 | |
|                         !mCanShowInvalidUI)))) {
 | |
|       state |= NS_EVENT_STATE_MOZ_UI_VALID;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (mForm && !mForm->GetValidity() && IsSubmitControl()) {
 | |
|     state |= NS_EVENT_STATE_MOZ_SUBMITINVALID;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // :in-range and :out-of-range only apply if the element currently has a range.
 | |
|   if (mHasRange) {
 | |
|     state |= (GetValidityState(VALIDITY_STATE_RANGE_OVERFLOW) ||
 | |
|               GetValidityState(VALIDITY_STATE_RANGE_UNDERFLOW))
 | |
|                ? NS_EVENT_STATE_OUTOFRANGE
 | |
|                : NS_EVENT_STATE_INRANGE;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return state;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::AddStates(EventStates aStates)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_TEXT) {
 | |
|     EventStates focusStates(aStates & (NS_EVENT_STATE_FOCUS |
 | |
|                                        NS_EVENT_STATE_FOCUSRING));
 | |
|     if (!focusStates.IsEmpty()) {
 | |
|       HTMLInputElement* ownerNumberControl = GetOwnerNumberControl();
 | |
|       if (ownerNumberControl) {
 | |
|         ownerNumberControl->AddStates(focusStates);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   nsGenericHTMLFormElementWithState::AddStates(aStates);                          
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::RemoveStates(EventStates aStates)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_TEXT) {
 | |
|     EventStates focusStates(aStates & (NS_EVENT_STATE_FOCUS |
 | |
|                                        NS_EVENT_STATE_FOCUSRING));
 | |
|     if (!focusStates.IsEmpty()) {
 | |
|       HTMLInputElement* ownerNumberControl = GetOwnerNumberControl();
 | |
|       if (ownerNumberControl) {
 | |
|         ownerNumberControl->RemoveStates(focusStates);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   nsGenericHTMLFormElementWithState::RemoveStates(aStates);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::RestoreState(nsPresState* aState)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   bool restoredCheckedState = false;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<HTMLInputElementState> inputState
 | |
|     (do_QueryInterface(aState->GetStateProperty()));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (inputState) {
 | |
|     switch (GetValueMode()) {
 | |
|       case VALUE_MODE_DEFAULT_ON:
 | |
|         if (inputState->IsCheckedSet()) {
 | |
|           restoredCheckedState = true;
 | |
|           DoSetChecked(inputState->GetChecked(), true, true);
 | |
|         }
 | |
|         break;
 | |
|       case VALUE_MODE_FILENAME:
 | |
|         {
 | |
|           const nsTArray<nsRefPtr<BlobImpl>>& blobImpls = inputState->GetBlobImpls();
 | |
| 
 | |
|           nsCOMPtr<nsIGlobalObject> global = OwnerDoc()->GetScopeObject();
 | |
|           MOZ_ASSERT(global);
 | |
| 
 | |
|           nsTArray<nsRefPtr<File>> files;
 | |
|           for (uint32_t i = 0, len = blobImpls.Length(); i < len; ++i) {
 | |
|             nsRefPtr<File> file = File::Create(global, blobImpls[i]);
 | |
|             MOZ_ASSERT(file);
 | |
| 
 | |
|             files.AppendElement(file);
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|           SetFiles(files, true);
 | |
|         }
 | |
|         break;
 | |
|       case VALUE_MODE_VALUE:
 | |
|       case VALUE_MODE_DEFAULT:
 | |
|         if (GetValueMode() == VALUE_MODE_DEFAULT &&
 | |
|             mType != NS_FORM_INPUT_HIDDEN) {
 | |
|           break;
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         // TODO: What should we do if SetValueInternal fails?  (The allocation
 | |
|         // may potentially be big, but most likely we've failed to allocate
 | |
|         // before the type change.)
 | |
|         SetValueInternal(inputState->GetValue(),
 | |
|                          nsTextEditorState::eSetValue_Notify);
 | |
|         break;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aState->IsDisabledSet()) {
 | |
|     SetDisabled(aState->GetDisabled());
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return restoredCheckedState;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::AllowDrop()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   // Allow drop on anything other than file inputs.
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return mType != NS_FORM_INPUT_FILE;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*
 | |
|  * Radio group stuff
 | |
|  */
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::AddedToRadioGroup()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   // If the element is neither in a form nor a document, there is no group so we
 | |
|   // should just stop here.
 | |
|   if (!mForm && !IsInDoc()) {
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Make sure not to notify if we're still being created by the parser
 | |
|   bool notify = !mParserCreating;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   //
 | |
|   // If the input element is checked, and we add it to the group, it will
 | |
|   // deselect whatever is currently selected in that group
 | |
|   //
 | |
|   if (mChecked) {
 | |
|     //
 | |
|     // If it is checked, call "RadioSetChecked" to perform the selection/
 | |
|     // deselection ritual.  This has the side effect of repainting the
 | |
|     // radio button, but as adding a checked radio button into the group
 | |
|     // should not be that common an occurrence, I think we can live with
 | |
|     // that.
 | |
|     //
 | |
|     RadioSetChecked(notify);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   //
 | |
|   // For integrity purposes, we have to ensure that "checkedChanged" is
 | |
|   // the same for this new element as for all the others in the group
 | |
|   //
 | |
|   bool checkedChanged = mCheckedChanged;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsIRadioVisitor> visitor =
 | |
|     new nsRadioGetCheckedChangedVisitor(&checkedChanged, this);
 | |
|   VisitGroup(visitor, notify);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   SetCheckedChangedInternal(checkedChanged);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   //
 | |
|   // Add the radio to the radio group container.
 | |
|   //
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsIRadioGroupContainer> container = GetRadioGroupContainer();
 | |
|   if (container) {
 | |
|     nsAutoString name;
 | |
|     GetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::name, name);
 | |
|     container->AddToRadioGroup(name, static_cast<nsIFormControl*>(this));
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // We initialize the validity of the element to the validity of the group
 | |
|     // because we assume UpdateValueMissingState() will be called after.
 | |
|     SetValidityState(VALIDITY_STATE_VALUE_MISSING,
 | |
|                      container->GetValueMissingState(name));
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::WillRemoveFromRadioGroup()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsIRadioGroupContainer* container = GetRadioGroupContainer();
 | |
|   if (!container) {
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsAutoString name;
 | |
|   GetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::name, name);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // If this button was checked, we need to notify the group that there is no
 | |
|   // longer a selected radio button
 | |
|   if (mChecked) {
 | |
|     container->SetCurrentRadioButton(name, nullptr);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Remove this radio from its group in the container.
 | |
|   // We need to call UpdateValueMissingValidityStateForRadio before to make sure
 | |
|   // the group validity is updated (with this element being ignored).
 | |
|   UpdateValueMissingValidityStateForRadio(true);
 | |
|   container->RemoveFromRadioGroup(name, static_cast<nsIFormControl*>(this));
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::IsHTMLFocusable(bool aWithMouse, bool* aIsFocusable, int32_t* aTabIndex)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (nsGenericHTMLFormElementWithState::IsHTMLFocusable(aWithMouse, aIsFocusable,
 | |
|       aTabIndex))
 | |
|   {
 | |
|     return true;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (IsDisabled()) {
 | |
|     *aIsFocusable = false;
 | |
|     return true;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (IsSingleLineTextControl(false) ||
 | |
|       mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RANGE) {
 | |
|     *aIsFocusable = true;
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef XP_MACOSX
 | |
|   const bool defaultFocusable = !aWithMouse || nsFocusManager::sMouseFocusesFormControl;
 | |
| #else
 | |
|   const bool defaultFocusable = true;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_FILE ||
 | |
|       mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER) {
 | |
|     if (aTabIndex) {
 | |
|       // We only want our native anonymous child to be tabable to, not ourself.
 | |
|       *aTabIndex = -1;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER) {
 | |
|       *aIsFocusable = true;
 | |
|     } else {
 | |
|       *aIsFocusable = defaultFocusable;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     return true;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_HIDDEN) {
 | |
|     if (aTabIndex) {
 | |
|       *aTabIndex = -1;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     *aIsFocusable = false;
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!aTabIndex) {
 | |
|     // The other controls are all focusable
 | |
|     *aIsFocusable = defaultFocusable;
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (mType != NS_FORM_INPUT_RADIO) {
 | |
|     *aIsFocusable = defaultFocusable;
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (mChecked) {
 | |
|     // Selected radio buttons are tabbable
 | |
|     *aIsFocusable = defaultFocusable;
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Current radio button is not selected.
 | |
|   // But make it tabbable if nothing in group is selected.
 | |
|   nsIRadioGroupContainer* container = GetRadioGroupContainer();
 | |
|   if (!container) {
 | |
|     *aIsFocusable = defaultFocusable;
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsAutoString name;
 | |
|   GetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::name, name);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (container->GetCurrentRadioButton(name)) {
 | |
|     *aTabIndex = -1;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   *aIsFocusable = defaultFocusable;
 | |
|   return false;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::VisitGroup(nsIRadioVisitor* aVisitor, bool aFlushContent)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsIRadioGroupContainer* container = GetRadioGroupContainer();
 | |
|   if (container) {
 | |
|     nsAutoString name;
 | |
|     GetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::name, name);
 | |
|     return container->WalkRadioGroup(name, aVisitor, aFlushContent);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   aVisitor->Visit(this);
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::ValueModeType
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetValueMode() const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   switch (mType)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_HIDDEN:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_SUBMIT:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_BUTTON:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_RESET:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_IMAGE:
 | |
|       return VALUE_MODE_DEFAULT;
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_CHECKBOX:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_RADIO:
 | |
|       return VALUE_MODE_DEFAULT_ON;
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_FILE:
 | |
|       return VALUE_MODE_FILENAME;
 | |
| #ifdef DEBUG
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_TEXT:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_PASSWORD:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_SEARCH:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_TEL:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_EMAIL:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_URL:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_RANGE:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_DATE:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_TIME:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_COLOR:
 | |
|       return VALUE_MODE_VALUE;
 | |
|     default:
 | |
|       NS_NOTYETIMPLEMENTED("Unexpected input type in GetValueMode()");
 | |
|       return VALUE_MODE_VALUE;
 | |
| #else // DEBUG
 | |
|     default:
 | |
|       return VALUE_MODE_VALUE;
 | |
| #endif // DEBUG
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::IsMutable() const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   return !IsDisabled() &&
 | |
|          !(DoesReadOnlyApply() &&
 | |
|            HasAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::readonly));
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::DoesReadOnlyApply() const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   switch (mType)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_HIDDEN:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_BUTTON:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_IMAGE:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_RESET:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_SUBMIT:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_RADIO:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_FILE:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_CHECKBOX:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_RANGE:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_COLOR:
 | |
|       return false;
 | |
| #ifdef DEBUG
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_TEXT:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_PASSWORD:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_SEARCH:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_TEL:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_EMAIL:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_URL:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_DATE:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_TIME:
 | |
|       return true;
 | |
|     default:
 | |
|       NS_NOTYETIMPLEMENTED("Unexpected input type in DoesReadOnlyApply()");
 | |
|       return true;
 | |
| #else // DEBUG
 | |
|     default:
 | |
|       return true;
 | |
| #endif // DEBUG
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::DoesRequiredApply() const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   switch (mType)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_HIDDEN:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_BUTTON:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_IMAGE:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_RESET:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_SUBMIT:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_RANGE:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_COLOR:
 | |
|       return false;
 | |
| #ifdef DEBUG
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_RADIO:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_CHECKBOX:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_FILE:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_TEXT:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_PASSWORD:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_SEARCH:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_TEL:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_EMAIL:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_URL:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_DATE:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_TIME:
 | |
|       return true;
 | |
|     default:
 | |
|       NS_NOTYETIMPLEMENTED("Unexpected input type in DoesRequiredApply()");
 | |
|       return true;
 | |
| #else // DEBUG
 | |
|     default:
 | |
|       return true;
 | |
| #endif // DEBUG
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::PlaceholderApplies() const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_DATE ||
 | |
|       mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_TIME) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return IsSingleLineTextControl(false);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::DoesPatternApply() const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   // TODO: temporary until bug 773205 is fixed.
 | |
|   if (IsExperimentalMobileType(mType)) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return IsSingleLineTextControl(false);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::DoesMinMaxApply() const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   switch (mType)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_DATE:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_TIME:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_RANGE:
 | |
|     // TODO:
 | |
|     // All date/time types.
 | |
|       return true;
 | |
| #ifdef DEBUG
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_RESET:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_SUBMIT:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_IMAGE:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_BUTTON:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_HIDDEN:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_RADIO:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_CHECKBOX:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_FILE:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_TEXT:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_PASSWORD:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_SEARCH:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_TEL:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_EMAIL:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_URL:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_COLOR:
 | |
|       return false;
 | |
|     default:
 | |
|       NS_NOTYETIMPLEMENTED("Unexpected input type in DoesRequiredApply()");
 | |
|       return false;
 | |
| #else // DEBUG
 | |
|     default:
 | |
|       return false;
 | |
| #endif // DEBUG
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::DoesAutocompleteApply() const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   switch (mType)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_HIDDEN:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_TEXT:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_SEARCH:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_URL:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_TEL:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_EMAIL:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_PASSWORD:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_DATE:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_TIME:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_RANGE:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_COLOR:
 | |
|       return true;
 | |
| #ifdef DEBUG
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_RESET:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_SUBMIT:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_IMAGE:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_BUTTON:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_RADIO:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_CHECKBOX:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_FILE:
 | |
|       return false;
 | |
|     default:
 | |
|       NS_NOTYETIMPLEMENTED("Unexpected input type in DoesAutocompleteApply()");
 | |
|       return false;
 | |
| #else // DEBUG
 | |
|     default:
 | |
|       return false;
 | |
| #endif // DEBUG
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| Decimal
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetStep() const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(DoesStepApply(), "GetStep() can only be called if @step applies");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!HasAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::step)) {
 | |
|     return GetDefaultStep() * GetStepScaleFactor();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsAutoString stepStr;
 | |
|   GetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::step, stepStr);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (stepStr.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("any")) {
 | |
|     // The element can't suffer from step mismatch if there is no step.
 | |
|     return kStepAny;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   Decimal step = StringToDecimal(stepStr);
 | |
|   if (!step.isFinite() || step <= Decimal(0)) {
 | |
|     step = GetDefaultStep();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return step * GetStepScaleFactor();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // nsIConstraintValidation
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::SetCustomValidity(const nsAString& aError)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsIConstraintValidation::SetCustomValidity(aError);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   UpdateState(true);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::IsTooLong()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (!MaxLengthApplies() ||
 | |
|       !HasAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::maxlength) ||
 | |
|       !mValueChanged) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   int32_t maxLength = MaxLength();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Maxlength of -1 means parsing error.
 | |
|   if (maxLength == -1) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   int32_t textLength = -1;
 | |
|   GetTextLength(&textLength);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return textLength > maxLength;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::IsValueMissing() const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   // Should use UpdateValueMissingValidityStateForRadio() for type radio.
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(mType != NS_FORM_INPUT_RADIO);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!HasAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::required) ||
 | |
|       !DoesRequiredApply()) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!IsMutable()) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   switch (GetValueMode()) {
 | |
|     case VALUE_MODE_VALUE:
 | |
|       return IsValueEmpty();
 | |
|     case VALUE_MODE_FILENAME:
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       const nsTArray<nsRefPtr<File>>& files = GetFilesInternal();
 | |
|       return files.IsEmpty();
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     case VALUE_MODE_DEFAULT_ON:
 | |
|       // This should not be used for type radio.
 | |
|       // See the MOZ_ASSERT at the beginning of the method.
 | |
|       return !mChecked;
 | |
|     case VALUE_MODE_DEFAULT:
 | |
|     default:
 | |
|       return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::HasTypeMismatch() const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (mType != NS_FORM_INPUT_EMAIL && mType != NS_FORM_INPUT_URL) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsAutoString value;
 | |
|   NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(GetValueInternal(value), false);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (value.IsEmpty()) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_EMAIL) {
 | |
|     return HasAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::multiple)
 | |
|              ? !IsValidEmailAddressList(value) : !IsValidEmailAddress(value);
 | |
|   } else if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_URL) {
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|      * TODO:
 | |
|      * The URL is not checked as the HTML5 specifications want it to be because
 | |
|      * there is no code to check for a valid URI/IRI according to 3986 and 3987
 | |
|      * RFC's at the moment, see bug 561586.
 | |
|      *
 | |
|      * RFC 3987 (IRI) implementation: bug 42899
 | |
|      *
 | |
|      * HTML5 specifications:
 | |
|      * http://dev.w3.org/html5/spec/infrastructure.html#valid-url
 | |
|      */
 | |
|     nsCOMPtr<nsIIOService> ioService = do_GetIOService();
 | |
|     nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> uri;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     return !NS_SUCCEEDED(ioService->NewURI(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(value), nullptr,
 | |
|                                            nullptr, getter_AddRefs(uri)));
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return false;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::HasPatternMismatch() const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (!DoesPatternApply() ||
 | |
|       !HasAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::pattern)) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsAutoString pattern;
 | |
|   GetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::pattern, pattern);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsAutoString value;
 | |
|   NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(GetValueInternal(value), false);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (value.IsEmpty()) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsIDocument* doc = OwnerDoc();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return !nsContentUtils::IsPatternMatching(value, pattern, doc);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::IsRangeOverflow() const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (!DoesMinMaxApply()) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   Decimal maximum = GetMaximum();
 | |
|   if (maximum.isNaN()) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   Decimal value = GetValueAsDecimal();
 | |
|   if (value.isNaN()) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return value > maximum;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::IsRangeUnderflow() const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (!DoesMinMaxApply()) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   Decimal minimum = GetMinimum();
 | |
|   if (minimum.isNaN()) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   Decimal value = GetValueAsDecimal();
 | |
|   if (value.isNaN()) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return value < minimum;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::HasStepMismatch(bool aUseZeroIfValueNaN) const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (!DoesStepApply()) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   Decimal value = GetValueAsDecimal();
 | |
|   if (value.isNaN()) {
 | |
|     if (aUseZeroIfValueNaN) {
 | |
|       value = Decimal(0);
 | |
|     } else {
 | |
|       // The element can't suffer from step mismatch if it's value isn't a number.
 | |
|       return false;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   Decimal step = GetStep();
 | |
|   if (step == kStepAny) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Value has to be an integral multiple of step.
 | |
|   return NS_floorModulo(value - GetStepBase(), step) != Decimal(0);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * Takes aEmail and attempts to convert everything after the first "@"
 | |
|  * character (if anything) to punycode before returning the complete result via
 | |
|  * the aEncodedEmail out-param. The aIndexOfAt out-param is set to the index of
 | |
|  * the "@" character.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * If no "@" is found in aEmail, aEncodedEmail is simply set to aEmail and
 | |
|  * the aIndexOfAt out-param is set to kNotFound.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Returns true in all cases unless an attempt to punycode encode fails. If
 | |
|  * false is returned, aEncodedEmail has not been set.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This function exists because ConvertUTF8toACE() splits on ".", meaning that
 | |
|  * for 'user.name@sld.tld' it would treat "name@sld" as a label. We want to
 | |
|  * encode the domain part only.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static bool PunycodeEncodeEmailAddress(const nsAString& aEmail,
 | |
|                                        nsAutoCString& aEncodedEmail,
 | |
|                                        uint32_t* aIndexOfAt)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsAutoCString value = NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(aEmail);
 | |
|   *aIndexOfAt = (uint32_t)value.FindChar('@');
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (*aIndexOfAt == (uint32_t)kNotFound ||
 | |
|       *aIndexOfAt == value.Length() - 1) {
 | |
|     aEncodedEmail = value;
 | |
|     return true;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsIIDNService> idnSrv = do_GetService(NS_IDNSERVICE_CONTRACTID);
 | |
|   if (!idnSrv) {
 | |
|     NS_ERROR("nsIIDNService isn't present!");
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   uint32_t indexOfDomain = *aIndexOfAt + 1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   const nsDependentCSubstring domain = Substring(value, indexOfDomain);
 | |
|   bool ace;
 | |
|   if (NS_SUCCEEDED(idnSrv->IsACE(domain, &ace)) && !ace) {
 | |
|     nsAutoCString domainACE;
 | |
|     if (NS_FAILED(idnSrv->ConvertUTF8toACE(domain, domainACE))) {
 | |
|       return false;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     value.Replace(indexOfDomain, domain.Length(), domainACE);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   aEncodedEmail = value;
 | |
|   return true;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::HasBadInput() const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER) {
 | |
|     nsAutoString value;
 | |
|     GetValueInternal(value);
 | |
|     if (!value.IsEmpty()) {
 | |
|       // The input can't be bad, otherwise it would have been sanitized to the
 | |
|       // empty string.
 | |
|       NS_ASSERTION(!GetValueAsDecimal().isNaN(), "Should have sanitized");
 | |
|       return false;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     nsNumberControlFrame* numberControlFrame =
 | |
|       do_QueryFrame(GetPrimaryFrame());
 | |
|     if (numberControlFrame &&
 | |
|         !numberControlFrame->AnonTextControlIsEmpty()) {
 | |
|       // The input the user entered failed to parse as a number.
 | |
|       return true;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_EMAIL) {
 | |
|     // With regards to suffering from bad input the spec says that only the
 | |
|     // punycode conversion works, so we don't care whether the email address is
 | |
|     // valid or not here. (If the email address is invalid then we will be
 | |
|     // suffering from a type mismatch.)
 | |
|     nsAutoString value;
 | |
|     nsAutoCString unused;
 | |
|     uint32_t unused2;
 | |
|     NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(GetValueInternal(value), false);
 | |
|     HTMLSplitOnSpacesTokenizer tokenizer(value, ',');
 | |
|     while (tokenizer.hasMoreTokens()) {
 | |
|       if (!PunycodeEncodeEmailAddress(tokenizer.nextToken(), unused, &unused2)) {
 | |
|         return true;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return false;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::UpdateTooLongValidityState()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   // TODO: this code will be re-enabled with bug 613016 and bug 613019.
 | |
| #if 0
 | |
|   SetValidityState(VALIDITY_STATE_TOO_LONG, IsTooLong());
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::UpdateValueMissingValidityStateForRadio(bool aIgnoreSelf)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   bool notify = !mParserCreating;
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMHTMLInputElement> selection = GetSelectedRadioButton();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   aIgnoreSelf = aIgnoreSelf || !IsMutable();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // If there is no selection, that might mean the radio is not in a group.
 | |
|   // In that case, we can look for the checked state of the radio.
 | |
|   bool selected = selection || (!aIgnoreSelf && mChecked);
 | |
|   bool required = !aIgnoreSelf && HasAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::required);
 | |
|   bool valueMissing = false;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsIRadioGroupContainer> container = GetRadioGroupContainer();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!container) {
 | |
|     SetValidityState(VALIDITY_STATE_VALUE_MISSING,
 | |
|                      IsMutable() && required && !selected);
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsAutoString name;
 | |
|   GetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::name, name);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // If the current radio is required and not ignored, we can assume the entire
 | |
|   // group is required.
 | |
|   if (!required) {
 | |
|     required = (aIgnoreSelf && HasAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::required))
 | |
|                  ? container->GetRequiredRadioCount(name) - 1
 | |
|                  : container->GetRequiredRadioCount(name);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   valueMissing = required && !selected;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (container->GetValueMissingState(name) != valueMissing) {
 | |
|     container->SetValueMissingState(name, valueMissing);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     SetValidityState(VALIDITY_STATE_VALUE_MISSING, valueMissing);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // nsRadioSetValueMissingState will call ContentStateChanged while visiting.
 | |
|     nsAutoScriptBlocker scriptBlocker;
 | |
|     nsCOMPtr<nsIRadioVisitor> visitor =
 | |
|       new nsRadioSetValueMissingState(this, valueMissing, notify);
 | |
|     VisitGroup(visitor, notify);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::UpdateValueMissingValidityState()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RADIO) {
 | |
|     UpdateValueMissingValidityStateForRadio(false);
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   SetValidityState(VALIDITY_STATE_VALUE_MISSING, IsValueMissing());
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::UpdateTypeMismatchValidityState()
 | |
| {
 | |
|     SetValidityState(VALIDITY_STATE_TYPE_MISMATCH, HasTypeMismatch());
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::UpdatePatternMismatchValidityState()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   SetValidityState(VALIDITY_STATE_PATTERN_MISMATCH, HasPatternMismatch());
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::UpdateRangeOverflowValidityState()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   SetValidityState(VALIDITY_STATE_RANGE_OVERFLOW, IsRangeOverflow());
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::UpdateRangeUnderflowValidityState()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   SetValidityState(VALIDITY_STATE_RANGE_UNDERFLOW, IsRangeUnderflow());
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::UpdateStepMismatchValidityState()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   SetValidityState(VALIDITY_STATE_STEP_MISMATCH, HasStepMismatch());
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::UpdateBadInputValidityState()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   SetValidityState(VALIDITY_STATE_BAD_INPUT, HasBadInput());
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::UpdateAllValidityStates(bool aNotify)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   bool validBefore = IsValid();
 | |
|   UpdateTooLongValidityState();
 | |
|   UpdateValueMissingValidityState();
 | |
|   UpdateTypeMismatchValidityState();
 | |
|   UpdatePatternMismatchValidityState();
 | |
|   UpdateRangeOverflowValidityState();
 | |
|   UpdateRangeUnderflowValidityState();
 | |
|   UpdateStepMismatchValidityState();
 | |
|   UpdateBadInputValidityState();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (validBefore != IsValid()) {
 | |
|     UpdateState(aNotify);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::UpdateBarredFromConstraintValidation()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   SetBarredFromConstraintValidation(mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_HIDDEN ||
 | |
|                                     mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_BUTTON ||
 | |
|                                     mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RESET ||
 | |
|                                     HasAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::readonly) ||
 | |
|                                     IsDisabled());
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetValidationMessage(nsAString& aValidationMessage,
 | |
|                                        ErrorResult& aRv)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   aRv = GetValidationMessage(aValidationMessage);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetValidationMessage(nsAString& aValidationMessage,
 | |
|                                        ValidityStateType aType)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsresult rv = NS_OK;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   switch (aType)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|     case VALIDITY_STATE_TOO_LONG:
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       nsXPIDLString message;
 | |
|       int32_t maxLength = MaxLength();
 | |
|       int32_t textLength = -1;
 | |
|       nsAutoString strMaxLength;
 | |
|       nsAutoString strTextLength;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       GetTextLength(&textLength);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       strMaxLength.AppendInt(maxLength);
 | |
|       strTextLength.AppendInt(textLength);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       const char16_t* params[] = { strMaxLength.get(), strTextLength.get() };
 | |
|       rv = nsContentUtils::FormatLocalizedString(nsContentUtils::eDOM_PROPERTIES,
 | |
|                                                  "FormValidationTextTooLong",
 | |
|                                                  params, message);
 | |
|       aValidationMessage = message;
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     case VALIDITY_STATE_VALUE_MISSING:
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       nsXPIDLString message;
 | |
|       nsAutoCString key;
 | |
|       switch (mType)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|         case NS_FORM_INPUT_FILE:
 | |
|           key.AssignLiteral("FormValidationFileMissing");
 | |
|           break;
 | |
|         case NS_FORM_INPUT_CHECKBOX:
 | |
|           key.AssignLiteral("FormValidationCheckboxMissing");
 | |
|           break;
 | |
|         case NS_FORM_INPUT_RADIO:
 | |
|           key.AssignLiteral("FormValidationRadioMissing");
 | |
|           break;
 | |
|         case NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER:
 | |
|           key.AssignLiteral("FormValidationBadInputNumber");
 | |
|           break;
 | |
|         default:
 | |
|           key.AssignLiteral("FormValidationValueMissing");
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       rv = nsContentUtils::GetLocalizedString(nsContentUtils::eDOM_PROPERTIES,
 | |
|                                               key.get(), message);
 | |
|       aValidationMessage = message;
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     case VALIDITY_STATE_TYPE_MISMATCH:
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       nsXPIDLString message;
 | |
|       nsAutoCString key;
 | |
|       if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_EMAIL) {
 | |
|         key.AssignLiteral("FormValidationInvalidEmail");
 | |
|       } else if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_URL) {
 | |
|         key.AssignLiteral("FormValidationInvalidURL");
 | |
|       } else {
 | |
|         return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       rv = nsContentUtils::GetLocalizedString(nsContentUtils::eDOM_PROPERTIES,
 | |
|                                               key.get(), message);
 | |
|       aValidationMessage = message;
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     case VALIDITY_STATE_PATTERN_MISMATCH:
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       nsXPIDLString message;
 | |
|       nsAutoString title;
 | |
|       GetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::title, title);
 | |
|       if (title.IsEmpty()) {
 | |
|         rv = nsContentUtils::GetLocalizedString(nsContentUtils::eDOM_PROPERTIES,
 | |
|                                                 "FormValidationPatternMismatch",
 | |
|                                                 message);
 | |
|       } else {
 | |
|         if (title.Length() > nsIConstraintValidation::sContentSpecifiedMaxLengthMessage) {
 | |
|           title.Truncate(nsIConstraintValidation::sContentSpecifiedMaxLengthMessage);
 | |
|         }
 | |
|         const char16_t* params[] = { title.get() };
 | |
|         rv = nsContentUtils::FormatLocalizedString(nsContentUtils::eDOM_PROPERTIES,
 | |
|                                                    "FormValidationPatternMismatchWithTitle",
 | |
|                                                    params, message);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       aValidationMessage = message;
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     case VALIDITY_STATE_RANGE_OVERFLOW:
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       static const char kNumberOverTemplate[] = "FormValidationNumberRangeOverflow";
 | |
|       static const char kDateOverTemplate[] = "FormValidationDateRangeOverflow";
 | |
|       static const char kTimeOverTemplate[] = "FormValidationTimeRangeOverflow";
 | |
| 
 | |
|       const char* msgTemplate;
 | |
|       nsXPIDLString message;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       nsAutoString maxStr;
 | |
|       if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER ||
 | |
|           mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RANGE) {
 | |
|         msgTemplate = kNumberOverTemplate;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         //We want to show the value as parsed when it's a number
 | |
|         Decimal maximum = GetMaximum();
 | |
|         MOZ_ASSERT(!maximum.isNaN());
 | |
| 
 | |
|         char buf[32];
 | |
|         DebugOnly<bool> ok = maximum.toString(buf, ArrayLength(buf));
 | |
|         maxStr.AssignASCII(buf);
 | |
|         MOZ_ASSERT(ok, "buf not big enough");
 | |
|       } else if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_DATE || mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_TIME) {
 | |
|         msgTemplate = mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_DATE ? kDateOverTemplate : kTimeOverTemplate;
 | |
|         GetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::max, maxStr);
 | |
|       } else {
 | |
|         msgTemplate = kNumberOverTemplate;
 | |
|         NS_NOTREACHED("Unexpected input type");
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       const char16_t* params[] = { maxStr.get() };
 | |
|       rv = nsContentUtils::FormatLocalizedString(nsContentUtils::eDOM_PROPERTIES,
 | |
|                                                  msgTemplate,
 | |
|                                                  params, message);
 | |
|       aValidationMessage = message;
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     case VALIDITY_STATE_RANGE_UNDERFLOW:
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       static const char kNumberUnderTemplate[] = "FormValidationNumberRangeUnderflow";
 | |
|       static const char kDateUnderTemplate[] = "FormValidationDateRangeUnderflow";
 | |
|       static const char kTimeUnderTemplate[] = "FormValidationTimeRangeUnderflow";
 | |
| 
 | |
|       const char* msgTemplate;
 | |
|       nsXPIDLString message;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       nsAutoString minStr;
 | |
|       if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER ||
 | |
|           mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RANGE) {
 | |
|         msgTemplate = kNumberUnderTemplate;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         Decimal minimum = GetMinimum();
 | |
|         MOZ_ASSERT(!minimum.isNaN());
 | |
| 
 | |
|         char buf[32];
 | |
|         DebugOnly<bool> ok = minimum.toString(buf, ArrayLength(buf));
 | |
|         minStr.AssignASCII(buf);
 | |
|         MOZ_ASSERT(ok, "buf not big enough");
 | |
|       } else if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_DATE || mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_TIME) {
 | |
|         msgTemplate = mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_DATE ? kDateUnderTemplate : kTimeUnderTemplate;
 | |
|         GetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::min, minStr);
 | |
|       } else {
 | |
|         msgTemplate = kNumberUnderTemplate;
 | |
|         NS_NOTREACHED("Unexpected input type");
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       const char16_t* params[] = { minStr.get() };
 | |
|       rv = nsContentUtils::FormatLocalizedString(nsContentUtils::eDOM_PROPERTIES,
 | |
|                                                  msgTemplate,
 | |
|                                                  params, message);
 | |
|       aValidationMessage = message;
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     case VALIDITY_STATE_STEP_MISMATCH:
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       nsXPIDLString message;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       Decimal value = GetValueAsDecimal();
 | |
|       MOZ_ASSERT(!value.isNaN());
 | |
| 
 | |
|       Decimal step = GetStep();
 | |
|       MOZ_ASSERT(step != kStepAny && step > Decimal(0));
 | |
| 
 | |
|       // In case this is a date and the step is not an integer, we don't want to
 | |
|       // display the dates corresponding to the truncated timestamps of valueLow
 | |
|       // and valueHigh because they might suffer from a step mismatch as well.
 | |
|       // Instead we want the timestamps to correspond to a rounded day. That is,
 | |
|       // we want a multiple of the step scale factor (1 day) as well as of step.
 | |
|       if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_DATE) {
 | |
|         step = EuclidLCM<Decimal>(step.floor(),
 | |
|                                   GetStepScaleFactor().floor());
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       Decimal stepBase = GetStepBase();
 | |
| 
 | |
|       Decimal valueLow = value - NS_floorModulo(value - stepBase, step);
 | |
|       Decimal valueHigh = value + step - NS_floorModulo(value - stepBase, step);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       Decimal maximum = GetMaximum();
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (maximum.isNaN() || valueHigh <= maximum) {
 | |
|         nsAutoString valueLowStr, valueHighStr;
 | |
|         ConvertNumberToString(valueLow, valueLowStr);
 | |
|         ConvertNumberToString(valueHigh, valueHighStr);
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (valueLowStr.Equals(valueHighStr)) {
 | |
|           const char16_t* params[] = { valueLowStr.get() };
 | |
|           rv = nsContentUtils::FormatLocalizedString(nsContentUtils::eDOM_PROPERTIES,
 | |
|                                                      "FormValidationStepMismatchOneValue",
 | |
|                                                      params, message);
 | |
|         } else {
 | |
|           const char16_t* params[] = { valueLowStr.get(), valueHighStr.get() };
 | |
|           rv = nsContentUtils::FormatLocalizedString(nsContentUtils::eDOM_PROPERTIES,
 | |
|                                                      "FormValidationStepMismatch",
 | |
|                                                      params, message);
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       } else {
 | |
|         nsAutoString valueLowStr;
 | |
|         ConvertNumberToString(valueLow, valueLowStr);
 | |
| 
 | |
|         const char16_t* params[] = { valueLowStr.get() };
 | |
|         rv = nsContentUtils::FormatLocalizedString(nsContentUtils::eDOM_PROPERTIES,
 | |
|                                                    "FormValidationStepMismatchOneValue",
 | |
|                                                    params, message);
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       aValidationMessage = message;
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     case VALIDITY_STATE_BAD_INPUT:
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       nsXPIDLString message;
 | |
|       nsAutoCString key;
 | |
|       if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER) {
 | |
|         key.AssignLiteral("FormValidationBadInputNumber");
 | |
|       } else if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_EMAIL) {
 | |
|         key.AssignLiteral("FormValidationInvalidEmail");
 | |
|       } else {
 | |
|         return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       rv = nsContentUtils::GetLocalizedString(nsContentUtils::eDOM_PROPERTIES,
 | |
|                                               key.get(), message);
 | |
|       aValidationMessage = message;
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     default:
 | |
|       rv = nsIConstraintValidation::GetValidationMessage(aValidationMessage, aType);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return rv;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| //static
 | |
| bool
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::IsValidEmailAddressList(const nsAString& aValue)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   HTMLSplitOnSpacesTokenizer tokenizer(aValue, ',');
 | |
| 
 | |
|   while (tokenizer.hasMoreTokens()) {
 | |
|     if (!IsValidEmailAddress(tokenizer.nextToken())) {
 | |
|       return false;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return !tokenizer.separatorAfterCurrentToken();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| //static
 | |
| bool
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::IsValidEmailAddress(const nsAString& aValue)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   // Email addresses can't be empty and can't end with a '.' or '-'.
 | |
|   if (aValue.IsEmpty() || aValue.Last() == '.' || aValue.Last() == '-') {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   uint32_t atPos;
 | |
|   nsAutoCString value;
 | |
|   if (!PunycodeEncodeEmailAddress(aValue, value, &atPos) ||
 | |
|       atPos == (uint32_t)kNotFound || atPos == 0 || atPos == value.Length() - 1) {
 | |
|     // Could not encode, or "@" was not found, or it was at the start or end
 | |
|     // of the input - in all cases, not a valid email address.
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   uint32_t length = value.Length();
 | |
|   uint32_t i = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Parsing the username.
 | |
|   for (; i < atPos; ++i) {
 | |
|     char16_t c = value[i];
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // The username characters have to be in this list to be valid.
 | |
|     if (!(nsCRT::IsAsciiAlpha(c) || nsCRT::IsAsciiDigit(c) ||
 | |
|           c == '.' || c == '!' || c == '#' || c == '$' || c == '%' ||
 | |
|           c == '&' || c == '\''|| c == '*' || c == '+' || c == '-' ||
 | |
|           c == '/' || c == '=' || c == '?' || c == '^' || c == '_' ||
 | |
|           c == '`' || c == '{' || c == '|' || c == '}' || c == '~' )) {
 | |
|       return false;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Skip the '@'.
 | |
|   ++i;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // The domain name can't begin with a dot or a dash.
 | |
|   if (value[i] == '.' || value[i] == '-') {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Parsing the domain name.
 | |
|   for (; i < length; ++i) {
 | |
|     char16_t c = value[i];
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (c == '.') {
 | |
|       // A dot can't follow a dot or a dash.
 | |
|       if (value[i-1] == '.' || value[i-1] == '-') {
 | |
|         return false;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     } else if (c == '-'){
 | |
|       // A dash can't follow a dot.
 | |
|       if (value[i-1] == '.') {
 | |
|         return false;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     } else if (!(nsCRT::IsAsciiAlpha(c) || nsCRT::IsAsciiDigit(c) ||
 | |
|                  c == '-')) {
 | |
|       // The domain characters have to be in this list to be valid.
 | |
|       return false;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return true;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP_(bool)
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::IsSingleLineTextControl() const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   return IsSingleLineTextControl(false);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP_(bool)
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::IsTextArea() const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   return false;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP_(bool)
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::IsPlainTextControl() const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   // need to check our HTML attribute and/or CSS.
 | |
|   return true;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP_(bool)
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::IsPasswordTextControl() const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   return mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_PASSWORD;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP_(int32_t)
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetCols()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   // Else we know (assume) it is an input with size attr
 | |
|   const nsAttrValue* attr = GetParsedAttr(nsGkAtoms::size);
 | |
|   if (attr && attr->Type() == nsAttrValue::eInteger) {
 | |
|     int32_t cols = attr->GetIntegerValue();
 | |
|     if (cols > 0) {
 | |
|       return cols;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return DEFAULT_COLS;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP_(int32_t)
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetWrapCols()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   return 0; // only textarea's can have wrap cols
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP_(int32_t)
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetRows()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   return DEFAULT_ROWS;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP_(void)
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetDefaultValueFromContent(nsAString& aValue)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsTextEditorState *state = GetEditorState();
 | |
|   if (state) {
 | |
|     GetDefaultValue(aValue);
 | |
|     // This is called by the frame to show the value.
 | |
|     // We have to sanitize it when needed.
 | |
|     if (!mParserCreating) {
 | |
|       SanitizeValue(aValue);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP_(bool)
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::ValueChanged() const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   return mValueChanged;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP_(void)
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetTextEditorValue(nsAString& aValue,
 | |
|                                      bool aIgnoreWrap) const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsTextEditorState* state = GetEditorState();
 | |
|   if (state) {
 | |
|     state->GetValue(aValue, aIgnoreWrap);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP_(void)
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::InitializeKeyboardEventListeners()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsTextEditorState* state = GetEditorState();
 | |
|   if (state) {
 | |
|     state->InitializeKeyboardEventListeners();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP_(void)
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::OnValueChanged(bool aNotify)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   UpdateAllValidityStates(aNotify);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (HasDirAuto()) {
 | |
|     SetDirectionIfAuto(true, aNotify);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP_(bool)
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::HasCachedSelection()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   bool isCached = false;
 | |
|   nsTextEditorState* state = GetEditorState();
 | |
|   if (state) {
 | |
|     isCached = state->IsSelectionCached() &&
 | |
|                state->HasNeverInitializedBefore() &&
 | |
|                !state->GetSelectionProperties().IsDefault();
 | |
|     if (isCached) {
 | |
|       state->WillInitEagerly();
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return isCached;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::FieldSetDisabledChanged(bool aNotify)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   UpdateValueMissingValidityState();
 | |
|   UpdateBarredFromConstraintValidation();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsGenericHTMLFormElementWithState::FieldSetDisabledChanged(aNotify);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::SetFilePickerFiltersFromAccept(nsIFilePicker* filePicker)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   // We always add |filterAll|
 | |
|   filePicker->AppendFilters(nsIFilePicker::filterAll);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(HasAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::accept),
 | |
|                "You should not call SetFilePickerFiltersFromAccept if the"
 | |
|                " element has no accept attribute!");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Services to retrieve image/*, audio/*, video/* filters
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> stringService =
 | |
|     mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
 | |
|   if (!stringService) {
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> filterBundle;
 | |
|   if (NS_FAILED(stringService->CreateBundle("chrome://global/content/filepicker.properties",
 | |
|                                             getter_AddRefs(filterBundle)))) {
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Service to retrieve mime type information for mime types filters
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsIMIMEService> mimeService = do_GetService("@mozilla.org/mime;1");
 | |
|   if (!mimeService) {
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsAutoString accept;
 | |
|   GetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::accept, accept);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   HTMLSplitOnSpacesTokenizer tokenizer(accept, ',');
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsTArray<nsFilePickerFilter> filters;
 | |
|   nsString allExtensionsList;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   bool allMimeTypeFiltersAreValid = true;
 | |
|   bool atLeastOneFileExtensionFilter = false;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Retrieve all filters
 | |
|   while (tokenizer.hasMoreTokens()) {
 | |
|     const nsDependentSubstring& token = tokenizer.nextToken();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (token.IsEmpty()) {
 | |
|       continue;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     int32_t filterMask = 0;
 | |
|     nsString filterName;
 | |
|     nsString extensionListStr;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // First, check for image/audio/video filters...
 | |
|     if (token.EqualsLiteral("image/*")) {
 | |
|       filterMask = nsIFilePicker::filterImages;
 | |
|       filterBundle->GetStringFromName(MOZ_UTF16("imageFilter"),
 | |
|                                       getter_Copies(extensionListStr));
 | |
|     } else if (token.EqualsLiteral("audio/*")) {
 | |
|       filterMask = nsIFilePicker::filterAudio;
 | |
|       filterBundle->GetStringFromName(MOZ_UTF16("audioFilter"),
 | |
|                                       getter_Copies(extensionListStr));
 | |
|     } else if (token.EqualsLiteral("video/*")) {
 | |
|       filterMask = nsIFilePicker::filterVideo;
 | |
|       filterBundle->GetStringFromName(MOZ_UTF16("videoFilter"),
 | |
|                                       getter_Copies(extensionListStr));
 | |
|     } else if (token.First() == '.') {
 | |
|       if (token.Contains(';') || token.Contains('*')) {
 | |
|         // Ignore this filter as it contains reserved characters
 | |
|         continue;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       extensionListStr = NS_LITERAL_STRING("*") + token;
 | |
|       filterName = extensionListStr;
 | |
|       atLeastOneFileExtensionFilter = true;
 | |
|     } else {
 | |
|       //... if no image/audio/video filter is found, check mime types filters
 | |
|       nsCOMPtr<nsIMIMEInfo> mimeInfo;
 | |
|       if (NS_FAILED(mimeService->GetFromTypeAndExtension(
 | |
|                       NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(token),
 | |
|                       EmptyCString(), // No extension
 | |
|                       getter_AddRefs(mimeInfo))) ||
 | |
|           !mimeInfo) {
 | |
|         allMimeTypeFiltersAreValid =  false;
 | |
|         continue;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       // Get a name for the filter: first try the description, then the mime type
 | |
|       // name if there is no description
 | |
|       mimeInfo->GetDescription(filterName);
 | |
|       if (filterName.IsEmpty()) {
 | |
|         nsCString mimeTypeName;
 | |
|         mimeInfo->GetType(mimeTypeName);
 | |
|         CopyUTF8toUTF16(mimeTypeName, filterName);
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       // Get extension list
 | |
|       nsCOMPtr<nsIUTF8StringEnumerator> extensions;
 | |
|       mimeInfo->GetFileExtensions(getter_AddRefs(extensions));
 | |
| 
 | |
|       bool hasMore;
 | |
|       while (NS_SUCCEEDED(extensions->HasMore(&hasMore)) && hasMore) {
 | |
|         nsCString extension;
 | |
|         if (NS_FAILED(extensions->GetNext(extension))) {
 | |
|           continue;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|         if (!extensionListStr.IsEmpty()) {
 | |
|           extensionListStr.AppendLiteral("; ");
 | |
|         }
 | |
|         extensionListStr += NS_LITERAL_STRING("*.") +
 | |
|                             NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(extension);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (!filterMask && (extensionListStr.IsEmpty() || filterName.IsEmpty())) {
 | |
|       // No valid filter found
 | |
|       allMimeTypeFiltersAreValid = false;
 | |
|       continue;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // If we arrived here, that means we have a valid filter: let's create it
 | |
|     // and add it to our list, if no similar filter is already present
 | |
|     nsFilePickerFilter filter;
 | |
|     if (filterMask) {
 | |
|       filter = nsFilePickerFilter(filterMask);
 | |
|     } else {
 | |
|       filter = nsFilePickerFilter(filterName, extensionListStr);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (!filters.Contains(filter)) {
 | |
|       if (!allExtensionsList.IsEmpty()) {
 | |
|         allExtensionsList.AppendLiteral("; ");
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       allExtensionsList += extensionListStr;
 | |
|       filters.AppendElement(filter);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Remove similar filters
 | |
|   // Iterate over a copy, as we might modify the original filters list
 | |
|   nsTArray<nsFilePickerFilter> filtersCopy;
 | |
|   filtersCopy = filters;
 | |
|   for (uint32_t i = 0; i < filtersCopy.Length(); ++i) {
 | |
|     const nsFilePickerFilter& filterToCheck = filtersCopy[i];
 | |
|     if (filterToCheck.mFilterMask) {
 | |
|       continue;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     for (uint32_t j = 0; j < filtersCopy.Length(); ++j) {
 | |
|       if (i == j) {
 | |
|         continue;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       // Check if this filter's extension list is a substring of the other one.
 | |
|       // e.g. if filters are "*.jpeg" and "*.jpeg; *.jpg" the first one should
 | |
|       // be removed.
 | |
|       // Add an extra "; " to be sure the check will work and avoid cases like
 | |
|       // "*.xls" being a subtring of "*.xslx" while those are two differents
 | |
|       // filters and none should be removed.
 | |
|       if (FindInReadable(filterToCheck.mFilter + NS_LITERAL_STRING(";"),
 | |
|                          filtersCopy[j].mFilter + NS_LITERAL_STRING(";"))) {
 | |
|         // We already have a similar, less restrictive filter (i.e.
 | |
|         // filterToCheck extensionList is just a subset of another filter
 | |
|         // extension list): remove this one
 | |
|         filters.RemoveElement(filterToCheck);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Add "All Supported Types" filter
 | |
|   if (filters.Length() > 1) {
 | |
|     nsXPIDLString title;
 | |
|     nsContentUtils::GetLocalizedString(nsContentUtils::eFORMS_PROPERTIES,
 | |
|                                        "AllSupportedTypes", title);
 | |
|     filePicker->AppendFilter(title, allExtensionsList);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Add each filter
 | |
|   for (uint32_t i = 0; i < filters.Length(); ++i) {
 | |
|     const nsFilePickerFilter& filter = filters[i];
 | |
|     if (filter.mFilterMask) {
 | |
|       filePicker->AppendFilters(filter.mFilterMask);
 | |
|     } else {
 | |
|       filePicker->AppendFilter(filter.mTitle, filter.mFilter);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (filters.Length() >= 1 &&
 | |
|       (allMimeTypeFiltersAreValid || atLeastOneFileExtensionFilter)) {
 | |
|     // |filterAll| will always use index=0 so we need to set index=1 as the
 | |
|     // current filter.
 | |
|     filePicker->SetFilterIndex(1);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| Decimal
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetStepScaleFactor() const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(DoesStepApply());
 | |
| 
 | |
|   switch (mType) {
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_DATE:
 | |
|       return kStepScaleFactorDate;
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_RANGE:
 | |
|       return kStepScaleFactorNumberRange;
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_TIME:
 | |
|       return kStepScaleFactorTime;
 | |
|     default:
 | |
|       MOZ_ASSERT(false, "Unrecognized input type");
 | |
|       return Decimal::nan();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| Decimal
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::GetDefaultStep() const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(DoesStepApply());
 | |
| 
 | |
|   switch (mType) {
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_DATE:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER:
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_RANGE:
 | |
|       return kDefaultStep;
 | |
|     case NS_FORM_INPUT_TIME:
 | |
|       return kDefaultStepTime;
 | |
|     default:
 | |
|       MOZ_ASSERT(false, "Unrecognized input type");
 | |
|       return Decimal::nan();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::UpdateValidityUIBits(bool aIsFocused)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (aIsFocused) {
 | |
|     // If the invalid UI is shown, we should show it while focusing (and
 | |
|     // update). Otherwise, we should not.
 | |
|     mCanShowInvalidUI = !IsValid() && ShouldShowValidityUI();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // If neither invalid UI nor valid UI is shown, we shouldn't show the valid
 | |
|     // UI while typing.
 | |
|     mCanShowValidUI = ShouldShowValidityUI();
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     mCanShowInvalidUI = true;
 | |
|     mCanShowValidUI = true;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::UpdateHasRange()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   /*
 | |
|    * There is a range if min/max applies for the type and if the element
 | |
|    * currently have a valid min or max.
 | |
|    */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   mHasRange = false;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!DoesMinMaxApply()) {
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   Decimal minimum = GetMinimum();
 | |
|   if (!minimum.isNaN()) {
 | |
|     mHasRange = true;
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   Decimal maximum = GetMaximum();
 | |
|   if (!maximum.isNaN()) {
 | |
|     mHasRange = true;
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::PickerClosed()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   mPickerRunning = false;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| JSObject*
 | |
| HTMLInputElement::WrapNode(JSContext* aCx, JS::Handle<JSObject*> aGivenProto)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   return HTMLInputElementBinding::Wrap(aCx, this, aGivenProto);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| } // namespace dom
 | |
| } // namespace mozilla
 | |
| 
 | |
| #undef NS_ORIGINAL_CHECKED_VALUE
 | 
